1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 16 /* 17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group. 18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in 19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE. 20 */ 21 struct hl_group 22 { 23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */ 24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */ 25 /* for normal terminals */ 26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */ 27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */ 28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */ 29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */ 30 /* for color terminals */ 31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */ 32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */ 33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */ 34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */ 35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */ 36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 37 /* for when using the GUI */ 38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */ 39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */ 40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */ 41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */ 42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */ 43 guicolor_T sg_gui_sp; /* GUI special color handle */ 44 char_u *sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */ 45 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */ 46 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 47 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */ 48 #endif 49 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */ 50 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */ 51 #endif 52 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */ 53 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */ 54 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 55 scid_T sg_scriptID; /* script in which the group was last set */ 56 #endif 57 }; 58 59 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */ 60 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */ 61 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */ 62 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */ 63 64 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */ 65 66 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data))) 67 68 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 69 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */ 70 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */ 71 #endif 72 73 /* 74 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the 75 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!). 76 */ 77 static char *(hl_name_table[]) = 78 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl", 79 "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"}; 80 static int hl_attr_table[] = 81 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0}; 82 83 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep)); 84 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void)); 85 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx)); 86 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id)); 87 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name)); 88 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name)); 89 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id)); 90 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link)); 91 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx)); 92 93 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 94 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip)); 95 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip)); 96 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name)); 97 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name)); 98 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 99 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width)); 100 # endif 101 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip)); 102 #endif 103 104 /* 105 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF. 106 */ 107 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1) 108 109 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO) 110 111 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */ 112 113 /* different types of offsets that are possible */ 114 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */ 115 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */ 116 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */ 117 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */ 118 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */ 119 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */ 120 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */ 121 #define SPO_COUNT 7 122 123 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) = 124 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="}; 125 126 /* 127 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern. 128 * A match item consists of one pattern. 129 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns. 130 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m 131 * end patterns. 132 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end. 133 * 134 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end) 135 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end). 136 */ 137 typedef struct syn_pattern 138 { 139 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */ 140 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */ 141 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */ 142 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */ 143 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */ 144 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */ 145 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */ 146 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */ 147 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */ 148 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */ 149 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */ 150 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */ 151 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */ 152 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */ 153 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */ 154 } synpat_T; 155 156 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this: 157 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF) 158 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT)) 159 * When both are present, only one is used. 160 */ 161 162 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */ 163 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */ 164 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */ 165 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */ 166 167 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */ 168 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */ 169 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */ 170 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */ 171 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */ 172 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */ 173 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */ 174 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */ 175 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */ 176 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */ 177 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */ 178 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */ 179 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */ 180 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */ 181 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */ 182 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for 183 * si_flags and bs_flags. */ 184 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */ 185 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */ 186 187 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data)) 188 189 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */ 190 191 /* 192 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags: 193 */ 194 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */ 195 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */ 196 197 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data)) 198 199 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */ 200 201 /* 202 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized. 203 */ 204 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */ 205 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 206 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */ 207 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */ 208 #endif 209 210 typedef struct syn_cluster_S 211 { 212 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */ 213 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */ 214 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */ 215 } syn_cluster_T; 216 217 /* 218 * Methods of combining two clusters 219 */ 220 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */ 221 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */ 222 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */ 223 224 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data)) 225 226 /* 227 * Syntax group IDs have different types: 228 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups 229 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) 230 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) 231 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added) 232 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID) 233 */ 234 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */ 235 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */ 236 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */ 237 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */ 238 239 /* 240 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to 241 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so 242 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here. 243 */ 244 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep; 245 246 /* 247 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d 248 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the 249 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file. 250 */ 251 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0; 252 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0; 253 254 /* 255 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry. 256 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item. 257 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer. 258 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer. 259 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer. 260 */ 261 static keyentry_T dumkey; 262 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword) 263 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey))) 264 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key) 265 266 /* 267 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state 268 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no 269 * "keepend" on the stack. 270 */ 271 static int keepend_level = -1; 272 273 /* 274 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx. 275 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown. 276 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char) 277 */ 278 typedef struct state_item 279 { 280 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */ 281 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */ 282 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */ 283 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */ 284 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */ 285 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */ 286 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */ 287 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */ 288 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */ 289 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */ 290 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */ 291 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */ 292 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and 293 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */ 294 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */ 295 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */ 296 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start 297 * pattern */ 298 } stateitem_T; 299 300 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */ 301 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all 302 but contained groups */ 303 304 /* 305 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used 306 * very often. 307 */ 308 typedef struct 309 { 310 int flags; /* flags for contained and transpartent */ 311 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */ 312 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL 313 if not allowed */ 314 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */ 315 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */ 316 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */ 317 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */ 318 } syn_opt_arg_T; 319 320 /* 321 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered, 322 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column. 323 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet. 324 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line. 325 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end) 326 */ 327 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */ 328 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */ 329 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */ 330 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */ 331 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */ 332 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */ 333 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */ 334 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */ 335 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */ 336 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL; 337 338 /* 339 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a 340 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero. 341 */ 342 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0) 343 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0) 344 345 /* 346 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine. 347 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid. 348 */ 349 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */ 350 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */ 351 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */ 352 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */ 353 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state 354 * after setting current_finished */ 355 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */ 356 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */ 357 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 358 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */ 359 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */ 360 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */ 361 362 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx] 363 364 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid)); 365 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); 366 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void)); 367 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline)); 368 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void)); 369 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void)); 370 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p)); 371 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); 372 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp)); 373 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from)); 374 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void)); 375 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp)); 376 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void)); 377 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing)); 378 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell)); 379 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap)); 380 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si)); 381 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void)); 382 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx)); 383 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void)); 384 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force)); 385 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list)); 386 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained)); 387 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx)); 388 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void)); 389 390 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext)); 391 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p)); 392 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void)); 393 394 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit)); 395 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit)); 396 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra)); 397 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra)); 398 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void)); 399 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col)); 400 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si)); 401 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 402 static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 403 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void)); 404 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx)); 405 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i)); 406 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i)); 407 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 408 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing)); 409 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 410 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 411 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 412 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 413 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 414 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name)); 415 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 416 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void)); 417 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void)); 418 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only)); 419 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id)); 420 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr)); 421 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr)); 422 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr)); 423 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht)); 424 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht)); 425 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list)); 426 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end)); 427 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt)); 428 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 429 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 430 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 431 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 432 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 433 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); 434 #else 435 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2)); 436 #endif 437 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 438 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name)); 439 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len)); 440 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len)); 441 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name)); 442 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void)); 443 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci)); 444 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing)); 445 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list)); 446 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op)); 447 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp)); 448 449 /* 450 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called 451 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line. 452 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get 453 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and 454 * window. 455 */ 456 void 457 syntax_start(wp, lnum) 458 win_T *wp; 459 linenr_T lnum; 460 { 461 synstate_T *p; 462 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL; 463 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL; 464 synstate_T *sp, *prev; 465 linenr_T parsed_lnum; 466 linenr_T first_stored; 467 int dist; 468 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */ 469 470 /* 471 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state. 472 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid 473 * then. 474 */ 475 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick) 476 { 477 invalidate_current_state(); 478 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer; 479 } 480 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick; 481 syn_win = wp; 482 483 /* 484 * Allocate syntax stack when needed. 485 */ 486 syn_stack_alloc(); 487 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL) 488 return; /* out of memory */ 489 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick; 490 491 /* 492 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it. 493 */ 494 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) 495 && current_lnum < lnum 496 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 497 { 498 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 499 if (!current_state_stored) 500 { 501 ++current_lnum; 502 (void)store_current_state(NULL); 503 } 504 505 /* 506 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current 507 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate 508 * current_state and figure it out below. 509 */ 510 if (current_lnum != lnum) 511 invalidate_current_state(); 512 } 513 else 514 invalidate_current_state(); 515 516 /* 517 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[]. 518 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state. 519 */ 520 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) 521 { 522 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */ 523 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) 524 { 525 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum) 526 break; 527 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0) 528 { 529 last_valid = p; 530 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines) 531 last_min_valid = p; 532 } 533 } 534 if (last_min_valid != NULL) 535 load_current_state(last_min_valid); 536 } 537 538 /* 539 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to 540 * re-synchronize. 541 */ 542 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state)) 543 { 544 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid); 545 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines; 546 } 547 else 548 first_stored = current_lnum; 549 550 /* 551 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line. 552 * Save some entries for syncing with later on. 553 */ 554 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1; 555 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); 556 while (current_lnum < lnum) 557 { 558 syn_start_line(); 559 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 560 ++current_lnum; 561 562 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid 563 * state, the current state is considered valid. */ 564 if (current_lnum >= first_stored) 565 { 566 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is 567 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved 568 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */ 569 if (prev == NULL) 570 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first; 571 else 572 sp = prev->sst_next; 573 if (sp != NULL 574 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum 575 && syn_stack_equal(sp)) 576 { 577 parsed_lnum = current_lnum; 578 prev = sp; 579 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum) 580 { 581 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum) 582 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */ 583 prev = sp; 584 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0) 585 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */ 586 break; 587 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0; 588 sp = sp->sst_next; 589 } 590 load_current_state(prev); 591 } 592 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line 593 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously 594 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */ 595 else if (prev == NULL 596 || current_lnum == lnum 597 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist) 598 prev = store_current_state(prev); 599 } 600 601 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current 602 * state will be wrong then. */ 603 line_breakcheck(); 604 if (got_int) 605 { 606 current_lnum = lnum; 607 break; 608 } 609 } 610 611 syn_start_line(); 612 } 613 614 /* 615 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we 616 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first. 617 */ 618 static void 619 clear_syn_state(p) 620 synstate_T *p; 621 { 622 int i; 623 garray_T *gap; 624 625 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) 626 { 627 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga); 628 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++) 629 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch); 630 ga_clear(gap); 631 } 632 else 633 { 634 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++) 635 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch); 636 } 637 } 638 639 /* 640 * Cleanup the current_state stack. 641 */ 642 static void 643 clear_current_state() 644 { 645 int i; 646 stateitem_T *sip; 647 648 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data); 649 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++) 650 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch); 651 ga_clear(¤t_state); 652 } 653 654 /* 655 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum". 656 * 657 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is 658 * used: 659 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment. 660 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns. 661 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum". 662 */ 663 static void 664 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid) 665 win_T *wp; 666 linenr_T start_lnum; 667 synstate_T *last_valid; 668 { 669 buf_T *curbuf_save; 670 win_T *curwin_save; 671 pos_T cursor_save; 672 int idx; 673 linenr_T lnum; 674 linenr_T end_lnum; 675 linenr_T break_lnum; 676 int had_sync_point; 677 stateitem_T *cur_si; 678 synpat_T *spp; 679 char_u *line; 680 int found_flags = 0; 681 int found_match_idx = 0; 682 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0; 683 int found_current_col= 0; 684 lpos_T found_m_endpos; 685 colnr_T prev_current_col; 686 687 /* 688 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around. 689 */ 690 invalidate_current_state(); 691 692 /* 693 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is 694 * there. 695 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in 696 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines, 697 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small. 698 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM. 699 */ 700 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum) 701 start_lnum = 1; 702 else 703 { 704 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1) 705 lnum = 1; 706 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10) 707 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2; 708 else 709 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2; 710 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0 711 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) 712 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines; 713 if (lnum >= start_lnum) 714 start_lnum = 1; 715 else 716 start_lnum -= lnum; 717 } 718 current_lnum = start_lnum; 719 720 /* 721 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment. 722 */ 723 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT) 724 { 725 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to 726 * use find_start_comment(). */ 727 curwin_save = curwin; 728 curwin = wp; 729 curbuf_save = curbuf; 730 curbuf = syn_buf; 731 732 /* 733 * Skip lines that end in a backslash. 734 */ 735 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum) 736 { 737 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1); 738 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\') 739 break; 740 } 741 current_lnum = start_lnum; 742 743 /* set cursor to start of search */ 744 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor; 745 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum; 746 wp->w_cursor.col = 0; 747 748 /* 749 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that 750 * defines the comment. 751 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines. 752 */ 753 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL) 754 { 755 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) 756 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id 757 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 758 { 759 validate_current_state(); 760 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK) 761 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 762 break; 763 } 764 } 765 766 /* restore cursor and buffer */ 767 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save; 768 curwin = curwin_save; 769 curbuf = curbuf_save; 770 } 771 772 /* 773 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns. 774 */ 775 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH) 776 { 777 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0 778 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) 779 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines; 780 else 781 break_lnum = 0; 782 783 end_lnum = start_lnum; 784 lnum = start_lnum; 785 while (--lnum > break_lnum) 786 { 787 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */ 788 line_breakcheck(); 789 if (got_int) 790 { 791 invalidate_current_state(); 792 current_lnum = start_lnum; 793 break; 794 } 795 796 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */ 797 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum) 798 { 799 load_current_state(last_valid); 800 break; 801 } 802 803 /* 804 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern. 805 */ 806 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1)) 807 continue; 808 809 /* 810 * Start with nothing on the state stack 811 */ 812 validate_current_state(); 813 814 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum) 815 { 816 syn_start_line(); 817 for (;;) 818 { 819 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE); 820 /* 821 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and 822 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line. 823 */ 824 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len) 825 { 826 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 827 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum) 828 { 829 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */ 830 current_lnum = end_lnum; 831 break; 832 } 833 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]); 834 found_flags = spp->sp_flags; 835 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx; 836 found_current_lnum = current_lnum; 837 found_current_col = current_col; 838 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos; 839 /* 840 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length 841 * match). 842 */ 843 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum) 844 { 845 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum; 846 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; 847 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum) 848 break; 849 } 850 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col) 851 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; 852 else 853 ++current_col; 854 855 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for 856 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. Be 857 * careful not to go past the NUL. */ 858 prev_current_col = current_col; 859 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL) 860 ++current_col; 861 check_state_ends(); 862 current_col = prev_current_col; 863 } 864 else 865 break; 866 } 867 } 868 869 /* 870 * If a sync point was encountered, break here. 871 */ 872 if (found_flags) 873 { 874 /* 875 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the 876 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the 877 * state stack empty. 878 */ 879 clear_current_state(); 880 if (found_match_idx >= 0 881 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK) 882 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 883 884 /* 885 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point 886 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at 887 * the next line. 888 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum. 889 */ 890 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE) 891 { 892 if (current_state.ga_len) 893 { 894 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 895 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum; 896 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col; 897 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE); 898 check_keepend(); 899 } 900 current_col = found_m_endpos.col; 901 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum; 902 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 903 ++current_lnum; 904 } 905 else 906 current_lnum = start_lnum; 907 908 break; 909 } 910 911 end_lnum = lnum; 912 invalidate_current_state(); 913 } 914 915 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */ 916 if (lnum <= break_lnum) 917 { 918 invalidate_current_state(); 919 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1; 920 } 921 } 922 923 validate_current_state(); 924 } 925 926 /* 927 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum". 928 */ 929 static int 930 syn_match_linecont(lnum) 931 linenr_T lnum; 932 { 933 regmmatch_T regmatch; 934 935 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL) 936 { 937 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic; 938 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog; 939 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0); 940 } 941 return FALSE; 942 } 943 944 /* 945 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line. 946 */ 947 static void 948 syn_start_line() 949 { 950 current_finished = FALSE; 951 current_col = 0; 952 953 /* 954 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the 955 * previous line and regions that have "keepend". 956 */ 957 if (current_state.ga_len > 0) 958 syn_update_ends(TRUE); 959 960 next_match_idx = -1; 961 ++current_line_id; 962 } 963 964 /* 965 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated. 966 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated. 967 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated. 968 */ 969 static void 970 syn_update_ends(startofline) 971 int startofline; 972 { 973 stateitem_T *cur_si; 974 int i; 975 976 if (startofline) 977 { 978 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a 979 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */ 980 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 981 { 982 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); 983 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 984 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type 985 == SPTYPE_MATCH 986 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum) 987 { 988 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT; 989 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0; 990 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0; 991 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos; 992 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 993 } 994 } 995 } 996 997 /* 998 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the 999 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may 1000 * influence contained items. 1001 * Then check for items ending in column 0. 1002 */ 1003 i = current_state.ga_len - 1; 1004 if (keepend_level >= 0) 1005 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i) 1006 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND) 1007 break; 1008 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 1009 { 1010 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); 1011 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND) 1012 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline)) 1013 { 1014 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */ 1015 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum; 1016 1017 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT)) 1018 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline); 1019 } 1020 } 1021 check_keepend(); 1022 check_state_ends(); 1023 } 1024 1025 /**************************************** 1026 * Handling of the state stack cache. 1027 */ 1028 1029 /* 1030 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE 1031 * 1032 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some 1033 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point. 1034 * 1035 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of 1036 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next. 1037 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2 1038 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack). 1039 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid 1040 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often. 1041 * 1042 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling 1043 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call 1044 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached 1045 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed, 1046 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line 1047 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum 1048 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change 1049 * the cached entry. 1050 * 1051 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed 1052 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the 1053 * start of the line is needed. 1054 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These 1055 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between 1056 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers 1057 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed 1058 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed. 1059 */ 1060 1061 /* 1062 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf". 1063 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere. 1064 */ 1065 void 1066 syn_stack_free_all(buf) 1067 buf_T *buf; 1068 { 1069 synstate_T *p; 1070 win_T *wp; 1071 1072 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL) 1073 { 1074 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) 1075 clear_syn_state(p); 1076 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array); 1077 buf->b_sst_array = NULL; 1078 buf->b_sst_len = 0; 1079 } 1080 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1081 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */ 1082 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 1083 { 1084 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp)) 1085 foldUpdateAll(wp); 1086 } 1087 #endif 1088 } 1089 1090 /* 1091 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed. 1092 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too 1093 * small, reallocate it. 1094 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time. 1095 */ 1096 static void 1097 syn_stack_alloc() 1098 { 1099 long len; 1100 synstate_T *to, *from; 1101 synstate_T *sstp; 1102 1103 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2; 1104 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES) 1105 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES; 1106 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES) 1107 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES; 1108 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len) 1109 { 1110 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */ 1111 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 1112 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2; 1113 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES) 1114 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES; 1115 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES) 1116 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES; 1117 1118 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) 1119 { 1120 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack. 1121 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */ 1122 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len 1123 && syn_stack_cleanup()) 1124 ; 1125 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2) 1126 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2; 1127 } 1128 1129 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T))); 1130 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */ 1131 return; 1132 1133 to = sstp - 1; 1134 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL) 1135 { 1136 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */ 1137 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL; 1138 from = from->sst_next) 1139 { 1140 ++to; 1141 *to = *from; 1142 to->sst_next = to + 1; 1143 } 1144 } 1145 if (to != sstp - 1) 1146 { 1147 to->sst_next = NULL; 1148 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp; 1149 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1; 1150 } 1151 else 1152 { 1153 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL; 1154 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len; 1155 } 1156 1157 /* Create the list of free entries. */ 1158 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1; 1159 while (++to < sstp + len) 1160 to->sst_next = to + 1; 1161 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL; 1162 1163 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array); 1164 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp; 1165 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len; 1166 } 1167 } 1168 1169 /* 1170 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the 1171 * b_mod_* fields. 1172 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each 1173 * displayed buffer. 1174 */ 1175 void 1176 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf) 1177 buf_T *buf; 1178 { 1179 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np; 1180 linenr_T n; 1181 1182 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */ 1183 return; 1184 1185 prev = NULL; 1186 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; ) 1187 { 1188 if (p->sst_lnum + buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top) 1189 { 1190 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines; 1191 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot) 1192 { 1193 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */ 1194 np = p->sst_next; 1195 if (prev == NULL) 1196 buf->b_sst_first = np; 1197 else 1198 prev->sst_next = np; 1199 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p); 1200 p = np; 1201 continue; 1202 } 1203 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line 1204 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid 1205 * again. */ 1206 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top) 1207 { 1208 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top) 1209 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines; 1210 else 1211 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top; 1212 } 1213 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0 1214 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot) 1215 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot; 1216 1217 p->sst_lnum = n; 1218 } 1219 prev = p; 1220 p = p->sst_next; 1221 } 1222 } 1223 1224 /* 1225 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf. 1226 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed. 1227 */ 1228 static int 1229 syn_stack_cleanup() 1230 { 1231 synstate_T *p, *prev; 1232 disptick_T tick; 1233 int above; 1234 int dist; 1235 int retval = FALSE; 1236 1237 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL) 1238 return retval; 1239 1240 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */ 1241 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1; 1242 1243 /* 1244 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can 1245 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above 1246 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around). 1247 */ 1248 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick; 1249 above = FALSE; 1250 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first; 1251 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) 1252 { 1253 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum) 1254 { 1255 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick) 1256 { 1257 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick) 1258 tick = p->sst_tick; 1259 above = TRUE; 1260 } 1261 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick) 1262 tick = p->sst_tick; 1263 } 1264 } 1265 1266 /* 1267 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an 1268 * interval of several lines. 1269 */ 1270 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first; 1271 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) 1272 { 1273 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum) 1274 { 1275 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */ 1276 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next; 1277 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p); 1278 p = prev; 1279 retval = TRUE; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 return retval; 1283 } 1284 1285 /* 1286 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item. 1287 * Move the entry into the free list. 1288 */ 1289 static void 1290 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p) 1291 buf_T *buf; 1292 synstate_T *p; 1293 { 1294 clear_syn_state(p); 1295 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree; 1296 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p; 1297 ++buf->b_sst_freecount; 1298 } 1299 1300 /* 1301 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum". 1302 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum". 1303 */ 1304 static synstate_T * 1305 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum) 1306 linenr_T lnum; 1307 { 1308 synstate_T *p, *prev; 1309 1310 prev = NULL; 1311 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next) 1312 { 1313 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum) 1314 return p; 1315 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum) 1316 break; 1317 } 1318 return prev; 1319 } 1320 1321 /* 1322 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[]. 1323 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line! 1324 */ 1325 static synstate_T * 1326 store_current_state(sp) 1327 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or 1328 NULL */ 1329 { 1330 int i; 1331 synstate_T *p; 1332 bufstate_T *bp; 1333 stateitem_T *cur_si; 1334 1335 if (sp == NULL) 1336 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); 1337 1338 /* 1339 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues 1340 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then. 1341 */ 1342 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i) 1343 { 1344 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i); 1345 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum 1346 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum 1347 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum 1348 || (cur_si->si_end_idx 1349 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum)) 1350 break; 1351 } 1352 if (i >= 0) 1353 { 1354 if (sp != NULL) 1355 { 1356 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */ 1357 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp) 1358 /* it's the first entry */ 1359 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next; 1360 else 1361 { 1362 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */ 1363 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next) 1364 if (p->sst_next == sp) 1365 break; 1366 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next; 1367 } 1368 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp); 1369 sp = NULL; 1370 } 1371 } 1372 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum) 1373 { 1374 /* 1375 * Add a new entry 1376 */ 1377 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */ 1378 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0) 1379 { 1380 (void)syn_stack_cleanup(); 1381 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */ 1382 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum); 1383 } 1384 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */ 1385 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0) 1386 sp = NULL; 1387 else 1388 { 1389 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used 1390 * list, after *sp */ 1391 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree; 1392 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next; 1393 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount; 1394 if (sp == NULL) 1395 { 1396 /* Insert in front of the list */ 1397 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first; 1398 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p; 1399 } 1400 else 1401 { 1402 /* insert in list after *sp */ 1403 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next; 1404 sp->sst_next = p; 1405 } 1406 sp = p; 1407 sp->sst_stacksize = 0; 1408 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum; 1409 } 1410 } 1411 if (sp != NULL) 1412 { 1413 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */ 1414 clear_syn_state(sp); 1415 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len; 1416 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES) 1417 { 1418 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the 1419 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */ 1420 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1); 1421 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL) 1422 sp->sst_stacksize = 0; 1423 else 1424 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len; 1425 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga)); 1426 } 1427 else 1428 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack; 1429 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i) 1430 { 1431 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx; 1432 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags; 1433 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch); 1434 } 1435 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags; 1436 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list; 1437 sp->sst_tick = display_tick; 1438 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0; 1439 } 1440 current_state_stored = TRUE; 1441 return sp; 1442 } 1443 1444 /* 1445 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state; 1446 */ 1447 static void 1448 load_current_state(from) 1449 synstate_T *from; 1450 { 1451 int i; 1452 bufstate_T *bp; 1453 1454 clear_current_state(); 1455 validate_current_state(); 1456 keepend_level = -1; 1457 if (from->sst_stacksize 1458 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL) 1459 { 1460 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) 1461 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga)); 1462 else 1463 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack; 1464 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i) 1465 { 1466 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx; 1467 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags; 1468 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch); 1469 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) 1470 keepend_level = i; 1471 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE; 1472 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0; 1473 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0) 1474 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = 1475 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list; 1476 else 1477 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL; 1478 update_si_attr(i); 1479 } 1480 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize; 1481 } 1482 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list; 1483 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags; 1484 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum; 1485 } 1486 1487 /* 1488 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state. 1489 * Return TRUE when they are equal. 1490 */ 1491 static int 1492 syn_stack_equal(sp) 1493 synstate_T *sp; 1494 { 1495 int i, j; 1496 bufstate_T *bp; 1497 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx; 1498 1499 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */ 1500 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len 1501 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list) 1502 { 1503 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */ 1504 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES) 1505 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga)); 1506 else 1507 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack; 1508 1509 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 1510 { 1511 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */ 1512 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx) 1513 break; 1514 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch) 1515 { 1516 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in 1517 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch 1518 * references are equal. */ 1519 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch; 1520 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch; 1521 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are 1522 * different. */ 1523 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL) 1524 break; 1525 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j) 1526 { 1527 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be 1528 * equal. */ 1529 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j]) 1530 { 1531 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the 1532 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when 1533 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */ 1534 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL 1535 || six->matches[j] == NULL) 1536 break; 1537 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic 1538 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j], 1539 six->matches[j]) != 0 1540 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0) 1541 break; 1542 } 1543 } 1544 if (j != NSUBEXP) 1545 break; 1546 } 1547 } 1548 if (i < 0) 1549 return TRUE; 1550 } 1551 return FALSE; 1552 } 1553 1554 /* 1555 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below 1556 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below 1557 * the last parsed line. 1558 * The window looks like this: 1559 * line which changed 1560 * displayed line 1561 * displayed line 1562 * lnum -> line below window 1563 */ 1564 void 1565 syntax_end_parsing(lnum) 1566 linenr_T lnum; 1567 { 1568 synstate_T *sp; 1569 1570 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum); 1571 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum) 1572 sp = sp->sst_next; 1573 1574 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0) 1575 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum; 1576 } 1577 1578 /* 1579 * End of handling of the state stack. 1580 ****************************************/ 1581 1582 static void 1583 invalidate_current_state() 1584 { 1585 clear_current_state(); 1586 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */ 1587 current_next_list = NULL; 1588 keepend_level = -1; 1589 } 1590 1591 static void 1592 validate_current_state() 1593 { 1594 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T); 1595 current_state.ga_growsize = 3; 1596 } 1597 1598 /* 1599 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time. 1600 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous 1601 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too. 1602 */ 1603 int 1604 syntax_check_changed(lnum) 1605 linenr_T lnum; 1606 { 1607 int retval = TRUE; 1608 synstate_T *sp; 1609 1610 /* 1611 * Check the state stack when: 1612 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line. 1613 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states. 1614 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states. 1615 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line. 1616 */ 1617 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1) 1618 { 1619 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum); 1620 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum) 1621 { 1622 /* 1623 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was 1624 * drawn) 1625 */ 1626 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE); 1627 1628 /* 1629 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of 1630 * the line. 1631 */ 1632 if (syn_stack_equal(sp)) 1633 retval = FALSE; 1634 1635 /* 1636 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use. 1637 */ 1638 ++current_lnum; 1639 (void)store_current_state(NULL); 1640 } 1641 } 1642 1643 return retval; 1644 } 1645 1646 /* 1647 * Finish the current line. 1648 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of 1649 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state 1650 * is valid. 1651 */ 1652 static int 1653 syn_finish_line(syncing) 1654 int syncing; /* called for syncing */ 1655 { 1656 stateitem_T *cur_si; 1657 colnr_T prev_current_col; 1658 1659 if (!current_finished) 1660 { 1661 while (!current_finished) 1662 { 1663 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL); 1664 /* 1665 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item. 1666 */ 1667 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len) 1668 { 1669 /* 1670 * Check for match with sync item. 1671 */ 1672 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 1673 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 1674 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags 1675 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))) 1676 return TRUE; 1677 1678 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item 1679 * that ends here, need to do that now. Be careful not to go 1680 * past the NUL. */ 1681 prev_current_col = current_col; 1682 if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL) 1683 ++current_col; 1684 check_state_ends(); 1685 current_col = prev_current_col; 1686 } 1687 ++current_col; 1688 } 1689 } 1690 return FALSE; 1691 } 1692 1693 /* 1694 * Return highlight attributes for next character. 1695 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line. 1696 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each 1697 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the 1698 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed. 1699 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be 1700 * done. 1701 */ 1702 int 1703 get_syntax_attr(col, can_spell) 1704 colnr_T col; 1705 int *can_spell; 1706 { 1707 int attr = 0; 1708 1709 /* check for out of memory situation */ 1710 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL) 1711 return 0; 1712 1713 /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */ 1714 if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc) 1715 { 1716 clear_current_state(); 1717 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 1718 current_id = 0; 1719 current_trans_id = 0; 1720 #endif 1721 return 0; 1722 } 1723 1724 /* Make sure current_state is valid */ 1725 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state)) 1726 validate_current_state(); 1727 1728 /* 1729 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col". 1730 */ 1731 while (current_col <= col) 1732 { 1733 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell); 1734 ++current_col; 1735 } 1736 1737 return attr; 1738 } 1739 1740 /* 1741 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col. 1742 */ 1743 static int 1744 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell) 1745 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */ 1746 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */ 1747 int *can_spell; /* return: do spell checking */ 1748 { 1749 int syn_id; 1750 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */ 1751 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */ 1752 lpos_T hl_endpos; 1753 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */ 1754 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */ 1755 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */ 1756 int idx; 1757 synpat_T *spp; 1758 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip = NULL; 1759 int startcol; 1760 int endcol; 1761 long flags; 1762 short *next_list; 1763 int found_match; /* found usable match */ 1764 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */ 1765 int do_keywords; 1766 regmmatch_T regmatch; 1767 lpos_T pos; 1768 int lc_col; 1769 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL; 1770 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after 1771 looking for a pattern match! */ 1772 1773 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */ 1774 int keep_next_list; 1775 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE; 1776 garray_T zero_width_next_ga; 1777 1778 /* 1779 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line? 1780 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region). 1781 */ 1782 line = syn_getcurline(); 1783 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0) 1784 { 1785 /* 1786 * If we found a match after the last column, use it. 1787 */ 1788 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col 1789 && next_match_col != MAXCOL) 1790 (void)push_next_match(NULL); 1791 1792 current_finished = TRUE; 1793 current_state_stored = FALSE; 1794 return 0; 1795 } 1796 1797 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */ 1798 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL) 1799 { 1800 current_finished = TRUE; 1801 current_state_stored = FALSE; 1802 } 1803 1804 /* 1805 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used 1806 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in 1807 * the next column. 1808 */ 1809 if (try_next_column) 1810 { 1811 next_match_idx = -1; 1812 try_next_column = FALSE; 1813 } 1814 1815 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */ 1816 do_keywords = !syncing 1817 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0 1818 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0); 1819 1820 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to 1821 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */ 1822 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10); 1823 1824 /* 1825 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the 1826 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current 1827 * column. 1828 */ 1829 do 1830 { 1831 found_match = FALSE; 1832 keep_next_list = FALSE; 1833 syn_id = 0; 1834 1835 /* 1836 * 1. Check for a current state. 1837 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may 1838 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns. 1839 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the 1840 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!). 1841 */ 1842 if (current_state.ga_len) 1843 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 1844 else 1845 cur_si = NULL; 1846 1847 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL 1848 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL) 1849 { 1850 /* 1851 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword 1852 * char. Don't do this when syncing. 1853 */ 1854 if (do_keywords) 1855 { 1856 line = syn_getcurline(); 1857 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf) 1858 && (current_col == 0 1859 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1 1860 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1861 - (has_mbyte 1862 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1) 1863 : 0) 1864 #endif 1865 , syn_buf))) 1866 { 1867 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col, 1868 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si); 1869 if (syn_id != 0) 1870 { 1871 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK) 1872 { 1873 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 1874 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; 1875 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum; 1876 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */ 1877 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; 1878 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol; 1879 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; 1880 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol; 1881 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 1882 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; 1883 cur_si->si_flags = flags; 1884 cur_si->si_id = syn_id; 1885 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id; 1886 if (flags & HL_TRANSP) 1887 { 1888 if (current_state.ga_len < 2) 1889 { 1890 cur_si->si_attr = 0; 1891 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0; 1892 } 1893 else 1894 { 1895 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE( 1896 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr; 1897 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE( 1898 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id; 1899 } 1900 } 1901 else 1902 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id); 1903 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL; 1904 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list; 1905 check_keepend(); 1906 } 1907 else 1908 vim_free(next_list); 1909 } 1910 } 1911 } 1912 1913 /* 1914 * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found). 1915 */ 1916 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len) 1917 { 1918 /* 1919 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check 1920 * for any match with a pattern. 1921 */ 1922 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col) 1923 { 1924 /* 1925 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this 1926 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a 1927 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to 1928 * avoid doing it when it's not needed. 1929 */ 1930 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */ 1931 next_match_col = MAXCOL; 1932 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) 1933 { 1934 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); 1935 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing 1936 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY)) 1937 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH 1938 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 1939 && (current_next_list != NULL 1940 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, 1941 &spp->sp_syn, 0) 1942 : (cur_si == NULL 1943 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED) 1944 : in_id_list(cur_si, 1945 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn, 1946 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)))) 1947 { 1948 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and 1949 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip 1950 * this item. */ 1951 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id 1952 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col) 1953 continue; 1954 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id; 1955 1956 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; 1957 if (lc_col < 0) 1958 lc_col = 0; 1959 1960 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic; 1961 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog; 1962 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum, 1963 (colnr_T)lc_col)) 1964 { 1965 /* no match in this line, try another one */ 1966 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL; 1967 continue; 1968 } 1969 1970 /* 1971 * Compute the first column of the match. 1972 */ 1973 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match, 1974 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1); 1975 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum) 1976 { 1977 /* must have used end of match in a next line, 1978 * we can't handle that */ 1979 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL; 1980 continue; 1981 } 1982 startcol = pos.col; 1983 1984 /* remember the next column where this pattern 1985 * matches in the current line */ 1986 spp->sp_startcol = startcol; 1987 1988 /* 1989 * If a previously found match starts at a lower 1990 * column number, don't use this one. 1991 */ 1992 if (startcol >= next_match_col) 1993 continue; 1994 1995 /* 1996 * If we matched this pattern at this position 1997 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next 1998 * column, because it may match from there. 1999 */ 2000 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga)) 2001 { 2002 try_next_column = TRUE; 2003 continue; 2004 } 2005 2006 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum; 2007 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 2008 2009 /* Compute the highlight start. */ 2010 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match, 2011 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1); 2012 2013 /* Compute the region start. */ 2014 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */ 2015 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match, 2016 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0); 2017 2018 /* 2019 * Grab the external submatches before they get 2020 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change. 2021 */ 2022 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch); 2023 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out; 2024 re_extmatch_out = NULL; 2025 2026 flags = 0; 2027 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */ 2028 eoe_pos.col = 0; 2029 end_idx = 0; 2030 hl_endpos.lnum = 0; 2031 2032 /* 2033 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the 2034 * same line too. Search for it after the end of 2035 * the match with the start pattern. Set the 2036 * resulting end positions at the same time. 2037 */ 2038 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START 2039 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)) 2040 { 2041 lpos_T startpos; 2042 2043 startpos = endpos; 2044 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos, 2045 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch); 2046 if (endpos.lnum == 0) 2047 continue; /* not found */ 2048 } 2049 2050 /* 2051 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the 2052 * end offset needs has been added. Except when 2053 * syncing. 2054 */ 2055 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH) 2056 { 2057 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp, 2058 SPO_HE_OFF, 0); 2059 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp, 2060 SPO_ME_OFF, 0); 2061 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum 2062 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol) 2063 { 2064 /* 2065 * If an empty string is matched, may need 2066 * to try matching again at next column. 2067 */ 2068 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col 2069 == regmatch.endpos[0].col) 2070 try_next_column = TRUE; 2071 continue; 2072 } 2073 } 2074 2075 /* 2076 * keep the best match so far in next_match_* 2077 */ 2078 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end 2079 * before endpos. */ 2080 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum 2081 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol) 2082 hl_startpos.col = startcol; 2083 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos); 2084 2085 next_match_idx = idx; 2086 next_match_col = startcol; 2087 next_match_m_endpos = endpos; 2088 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos; 2089 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos; 2090 next_match_flags = flags; 2091 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos; 2092 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos; 2093 next_match_end_idx = end_idx; 2094 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch); 2095 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch; 2096 cur_extmatch = NULL; 2097 } 2098 } 2099 } 2100 2101 /* 2102 * If we found a match at the current column, use it. 2103 */ 2104 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col) 2105 { 2106 synpat_T *lspp; 2107 2108 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup, 2109 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */ 2110 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]); 2111 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum 2112 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col 2113 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL) 2114 { 2115 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list; 2116 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags; 2117 keep_next_list = TRUE; 2118 zero_width_next_list = TRUE; 2119 2120 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check 2121 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an 2122 * endless loop). */ 2123 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK) 2124 { 2125 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data)) 2126 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx; 2127 } 2128 next_match_idx = -1; 2129 } 2130 else 2131 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si); 2132 found_match = TRUE; 2133 } 2134 } 2135 } 2136 2137 /* 2138 * Handle searching for nextgroup match. 2139 */ 2140 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list) 2141 { 2142 /* 2143 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if: 2144 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given 2145 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given 2146 */ 2147 if (!found_match) 2148 { 2149 line = syn_getcurline(); 2150 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) 2151 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col])) 2152 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) 2153 && *line == NUL)) 2154 break; 2155 } 2156 2157 /* 2158 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for 2159 * contained matches. 2160 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal 2161 * match. 2162 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no 2163 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck). 2164 */ 2165 current_next_list = NULL; 2166 next_match_idx = -1; 2167 if (!zero_width_next_list) 2168 found_match = TRUE; 2169 } 2170 2171 } while (found_match); 2172 2173 /* 2174 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting. 2175 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc. 2176 */ 2177 current_attr = 0; 2178 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2179 current_id = 0; 2180 current_trans_id = 0; 2181 #endif 2182 if (cur_si != NULL) 2183 { 2184 #ifndef FEAT_EVAL 2185 int current_trans_id = 0; 2186 #endif 2187 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx) 2188 { 2189 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx); 2190 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum 2191 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum 2192 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col)) 2193 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0 2194 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum 2195 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum 2196 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col))) 2197 { 2198 current_attr = sip->si_attr; 2199 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 2200 current_id = sip->si_id; 2201 #endif 2202 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id; 2203 break; 2204 } 2205 } 2206 2207 if (can_spell != NULL) 2208 { 2209 struct sp_syn sps; 2210 2211 /* 2212 * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be 2213 * done in the current item. 2214 */ 2215 if (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0) 2216 { 2217 /* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without 2218 * @NoSpell cluster. */ 2219 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0 || current_trans_id == 0) 2220 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP); 2221 else 2222 { 2223 sps.inc_tag = 0; 2224 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id; 2225 sps.cont_in_list = NULL; 2226 *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0); 2227 } 2228 } 2229 else 2230 { 2231 /* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with 2232 * the @Spell cluster. But not when @NoSpell is also there. 2233 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel" 2234 * was used. */ 2235 if (current_trans_id == 0) 2236 *can_spell = (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP); 2237 else 2238 { 2239 sps.inc_tag = 0; 2240 sps.id = syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id; 2241 sps.cont_in_list = NULL; 2242 *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0); 2243 2244 if (syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0) 2245 { 2246 sps.id = syn_buf->b_nospell_cluster_id; 2247 if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0)) 2248 *can_spell = FALSE; 2249 } 2250 } 2251 } 2252 } 2253 2254 2255 /* 2256 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the 2257 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a 2258 * single character match. 2259 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It 2260 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the 2261 * current column. 2262 */ 2263 if (!syncing) 2264 { 2265 check_state_ends(); 2266 if (current_state.ga_len > 0 2267 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL) 2268 { 2269 ++current_col; 2270 check_state_ends(); 2271 --current_col; 2272 } 2273 } 2274 } 2275 else if (can_spell != NULL) 2276 /* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when 2277 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */ 2278 *can_spell = syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT 2279 ? (syn_buf->b_spell_cluster_id == 0) 2280 : (syn_buf->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP); 2281 2282 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */ 2283 if (current_next_list != NULL 2284 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL 2285 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))) 2286 current_next_list = NULL; 2287 2288 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0) 2289 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga); 2290 2291 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */ 2292 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out); 2293 re_extmatch_out = NULL; 2294 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch); 2295 2296 return current_attr; 2297 } 2298 2299 2300 /* 2301 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column. 2302 */ 2303 static int 2304 did_match_already(idx, gap) 2305 int idx; 2306 garray_T *gap; 2307 { 2308 int i; 2309 2310 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 2311 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col 2312 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum 2313 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx) 2314 return TRUE; 2315 2316 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax 2317 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */ 2318 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 2319 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx) 2320 return TRUE; 2321 2322 return FALSE; 2323 } 2324 2325 /* 2326 * Push the next match onto the stack. 2327 */ 2328 static stateitem_T * 2329 push_next_match(cur_si) 2330 stateitem_T *cur_si; 2331 { 2332 synpat_T *spp; 2333 2334 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]); 2335 2336 /* 2337 * Push the item in current_state stack; 2338 */ 2339 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK) 2340 { 2341 /* 2342 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how 2343 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length. 2344 */ 2345 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2346 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos; 2347 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; 2348 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum; 2349 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags; 2350 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list; 2351 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch); 2352 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)) 2353 { 2354 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */ 2355 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE); 2356 check_keepend(); 2357 } 2358 else 2359 { 2360 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos; 2361 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos; 2362 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 2363 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags; 2364 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos; 2365 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx; 2366 } 2367 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)) 2368 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1; 2369 check_keepend(); 2370 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2371 2372 /* 2373 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item 2374 * on the stack for the start pattern. 2375 */ 2376 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START 2377 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0 2378 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK) 2379 { 2380 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2381 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos; 2382 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col; 2383 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum; 2384 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos; 2385 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos; 2386 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE; 2387 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; 2388 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH; 2389 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL; 2390 check_keepend(); 2391 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2392 } 2393 } 2394 2395 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */ 2396 2397 return cur_si; 2398 } 2399 2400 /* 2401 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it). 2402 */ 2403 static void 2404 check_state_ends() 2405 { 2406 stateitem_T *cur_si; 2407 int had_extend = FALSE; 2408 2409 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2410 for (;;) 2411 { 2412 if (cur_si->si_ends 2413 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum 2414 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum 2415 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col))) 2416 { 2417 /* 2418 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern 2419 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack. 2420 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current 2421 * position. 2422 */ 2423 if (cur_si->si_end_idx 2424 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum 2425 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum 2426 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col))) 2427 { 2428 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx; 2429 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0; 2430 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos; 2431 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos; 2432 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH; 2433 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2434 2435 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */ 2436 next_match_idx = 0; 2437 next_match_col = MAXCOL; 2438 break; 2439 } 2440 else 2441 { 2442 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or 2443 * "skipempty" */ 2444 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list; 2445 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags; 2446 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)) 2447 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL) 2448 current_next_list = NULL; 2449 2450 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with 2451 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */ 2452 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND) 2453 had_extend = TRUE; 2454 2455 pop_current_state(); 2456 2457 if (current_state.ga_len == 0) 2458 break; 2459 2460 if (had_extend) 2461 { 2462 syn_update_ends(FALSE); 2463 if (current_state.ga_len == 0) 2464 break; 2465 } 2466 2467 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1); 2468 2469 /* 2470 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after 2471 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match 2472 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues. 2473 * Don't do this when: 2474 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item 2475 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1). 2476 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set) 2477 */ 2478 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 2479 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type 2480 == SPTYPE_START 2481 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND))) 2482 { 2483 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE); 2484 check_keepend(); 2485 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL) 2486 && keepend_level < 0 2487 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL) 2488 break; 2489 } 2490 } 2491 } 2492 else 2493 break; 2494 } 2495 } 2496 2497 /* 2498 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This 2499 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list. 2500 */ 2501 static void 2502 update_si_attr(idx) 2503 int idx; 2504 { 2505 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx); 2506 synpat_T *spp; 2507 2508 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]); 2509 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH) 2510 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id; 2511 else 2512 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id; 2513 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id); 2514 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id; 2515 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH) 2516 sip->si_cont_list = NULL; 2517 else 2518 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list; 2519 2520 /* 2521 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item. 2522 * Also take cont_list, if there is none. 2523 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern. 2524 */ 2525 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)) 2526 { 2527 if (idx == 0) 2528 { 2529 sip->si_attr = 0; 2530 sip->si_trans_id = 0; 2531 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL) 2532 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL; 2533 } 2534 else 2535 { 2536 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr; 2537 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id; 2538 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos; 2539 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos; 2540 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL) 2541 { 2542 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT; 2543 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list; 2544 } 2545 } 2546 } 2547 } 2548 2549 /* 2550 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag. 2551 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found. 2552 */ 2553 static void 2554 check_keepend() 2555 { 2556 int i; 2557 lpos_T maxpos; 2558 stateitem_T *sip; 2559 2560 /* 2561 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where 2562 * there really is a keepend. 2563 */ 2564 if (keepend_level < 0) 2565 return; 2566 2567 /* 2568 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that 2569 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be 2570 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally. 2571 */ 2572 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i) 2573 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND) 2574 break; 2575 2576 maxpos.lnum = 0; 2577 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 2578 { 2579 sip = &CUR_STATE(i); 2580 if (maxpos.lnum != 0) 2581 { 2582 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos); 2583 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos); 2584 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos); 2585 sip->si_ends = TRUE; 2586 } 2587 if (sip->si_ends 2588 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND) 2589 && (maxpos.lnum == 0 2590 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum 2591 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum 2592 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))) 2593 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos; 2594 } 2595 } 2596 2597 /* 2598 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern. 2599 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line. 2600 * 2601 * Return the flags for the matched END. 2602 */ 2603 static void 2604 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force) 2605 stateitem_T *sip; 2606 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */ 2607 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */ 2608 { 2609 lpos_T startpos; 2610 lpos_T endpos; 2611 lpos_T hl_endpos; 2612 lpos_T end_endpos; 2613 int end_idx; 2614 2615 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern 2616 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend" 2617 * from a containing item. */ 2618 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum) 2619 return; 2620 2621 /* 2622 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next 2623 * line. 2624 */ 2625 end_idx = 0; 2626 startpos.lnum = current_lnum; 2627 startpos.col = startcol; 2628 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos, 2629 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch); 2630 2631 if (endpos.lnum == 0) 2632 { 2633 /* No end pattern matched. */ 2634 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE) 2635 { 2636 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */ 2637 sip->si_ends = TRUE; 2638 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum; 2639 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline()); 2640 } 2641 else 2642 { 2643 /* continues in the next line */ 2644 sip->si_ends = FALSE; 2645 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0; 2646 } 2647 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos; 2648 } 2649 else 2650 { 2651 /* match within this line */ 2652 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos; 2653 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos; 2654 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos; 2655 sip->si_ends = TRUE; 2656 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx; 2657 } 2658 } 2659 2660 /* 2661 * Add a new state to the current state stack. 2662 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx". 2663 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory). 2664 */ 2665 static int 2666 push_current_state(idx) 2667 int idx; 2668 { 2669 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL) 2670 return FAIL; 2671 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T)); 2672 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx; 2673 ++current_state.ga_len; 2674 return OK; 2675 } 2676 2677 /* 2678 * Remove a state from the current_state stack. 2679 */ 2680 static void 2681 pop_current_state() 2682 { 2683 if (current_state.ga_len) 2684 { 2685 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch); 2686 --current_state.ga_len; 2687 } 2688 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */ 2689 next_match_idx = -1; 2690 2691 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */ 2692 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len) 2693 keepend_level = -1; 2694 } 2695 2696 /* 2697 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos". 2698 * Only checks one line. 2699 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line. 2700 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum 2701 * will be 0. 2702 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is 2703 * computed. 2704 */ 2705 static void 2706 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos, 2707 end_idx, start_ext) 2708 int idx; /* index of the pattern */ 2709 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */ 2710 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */ 2711 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */ 2712 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */ 2713 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */ 2714 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */ 2715 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */ 2716 { 2717 colnr_T matchcol; 2718 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip; 2719 int start_idx; 2720 int best_idx; 2721 regmmatch_T regmatch; 2722 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */ 2723 lpos_T pos; 2724 char_u *line; 2725 int had_match = FALSE; 2726 2727 /* 2728 * Check for being called with a START pattern. 2729 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it 2730 * contained a region. 2731 */ 2732 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); 2733 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START) 2734 { 2735 *hl_endpos = *startpos; 2736 return; 2737 } 2738 2739 /* 2740 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern. 2741 */ 2742 for (;;) 2743 { 2744 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); 2745 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START) 2746 break; 2747 ++idx; 2748 } 2749 2750 /* 2751 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present) 2752 */ 2753 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP) 2754 { 2755 spp_skip = spp; 2756 ++idx; 2757 } 2758 else 2759 spp_skip = NULL; 2760 2761 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */ 2762 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in); 2763 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext); 2764 2765 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */ 2766 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */ 2767 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */ 2768 for (;;) 2769 { 2770 /* 2771 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol". 2772 */ 2773 best_idx = -1; 2774 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx) 2775 { 2776 int lc_col = matchcol; 2777 2778 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]); 2779 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */ 2780 break; 2781 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; 2782 if (lc_col < 0) 2783 lc_col = 0; 2784 2785 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic; 2786 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog; 2787 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)) 2788 { 2789 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col 2790 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col) 2791 { 2792 best_idx = idx; 2793 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0]; 2794 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0]; 2795 } 2796 } 2797 } 2798 2799 /* 2800 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the 2801 * item continues until end-of-line. 2802 */ 2803 if (best_idx == -1) 2804 break; 2805 2806 /* 2807 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern, 2808 * continue searching after the skip pattern. 2809 */ 2810 if (spp_skip != NULL) 2811 { 2812 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF]; 2813 2814 if (lc_col < 0) 2815 lc_col = 0; 2816 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic; 2817 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog; 2818 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col) 2819 && regmatch.startpos[0].col 2820 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col) 2821 { 2822 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */ 2823 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1); 2824 2825 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no 2826 * match with an end pattern in this line. */ 2827 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum) 2828 break; 2829 2830 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE); 2831 2832 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */ 2833 if (pos.col <= matchcol) 2834 ++matchcol; 2835 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col) 2836 matchcol = pos.col; 2837 else 2838 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */ 2839 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; 2840 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col; 2841 ++matchcol) 2842 ; 2843 2844 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */ 2845 if (line[matchcol] == NUL) 2846 break; 2847 2848 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */ 2849 } 2850 } 2851 2852 /* 2853 * Match from start pattern to end pattern. 2854 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern. 2855 */ 2856 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]); 2857 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1); 2858 /* can't end before the start */ 2859 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col) 2860 m_endpos->col = startpos->col; 2861 2862 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1); 2863 /* can't end before the start */ 2864 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum 2865 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col) 2866 end_endpos->col = startpos->col; 2867 /* can't end after the match */ 2868 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos); 2869 2870 /* 2871 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers. 2872 */ 2873 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0) 2874 { 2875 *end_idx = best_idx; 2876 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT))) 2877 { 2878 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum; 2879 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col; 2880 } 2881 else 2882 { 2883 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; 2884 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col; 2885 } 2886 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF]; 2887 2888 /* can't end before the start */ 2889 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum 2890 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col) 2891 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col; 2892 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos); 2893 2894 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned 2895 * into the matchgroup for the end */ 2896 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos; 2897 } 2898 else 2899 { 2900 *end_idx = 0; 2901 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos; 2902 } 2903 2904 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags; 2905 2906 had_match = TRUE; 2907 break; 2908 } 2909 2910 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */ 2911 if (!had_match) 2912 m_endpos->lnum = 0; 2913 2914 /* Remove external matches. */ 2915 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in); 2916 re_extmatch_in = NULL; 2917 } 2918 2919 /* 2920 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit". 2921 */ 2922 static void 2923 limit_pos(pos, limit) 2924 lpos_T *pos; 2925 lpos_T *limit; 2926 { 2927 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum) 2928 *pos = *limit; 2929 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col) 2930 pos->col = limit->col; 2931 } 2932 2933 /* 2934 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero. 2935 */ 2936 static void 2937 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit) 2938 lpos_T *pos; 2939 lpos_T *limit; 2940 { 2941 if (pos->lnum == 0) 2942 *pos = *limit; 2943 else 2944 limit_pos(pos, limit); 2945 } 2946 2947 /* 2948 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight. 2949 */ 2950 static void 2951 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra) 2952 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */ 2953 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */ 2954 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */ 2955 int idx; /* index of offset */ 2956 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */ 2957 { 2958 int col; 2959 2960 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx)) 2961 { 2962 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum; 2963 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra; 2964 } 2965 else 2966 { 2967 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum; 2968 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col; 2969 } 2970 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx]; 2971 if (col < 0) 2972 result->col = 0; 2973 else 2974 result->col = col; 2975 } 2976 2977 /* 2978 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight. 2979 * Avoid resulting column to become negative. 2980 */ 2981 static void 2982 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra) 2983 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */ 2984 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */ 2985 synpat_T *spp; 2986 int idx; 2987 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */ 2988 { 2989 int col; 2990 2991 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT))) 2992 { 2993 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum; 2994 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra; 2995 } 2996 else 2997 { 2998 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum; 2999 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col; 3000 } 3001 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx]; 3002 if (col < 0) 3003 result->col = 0; 3004 else 3005 result->col = col; 3006 } 3007 3008 /* 3009 * Get current line in syntax buffer. 3010 */ 3011 static char_u * 3012 syn_getcurline() 3013 { 3014 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE); 3015 } 3016 3017 /* 3018 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf". 3019 * Returns TRUE when there is a match. 3020 */ 3021 static int 3022 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col) 3023 regmmatch_T *rmp; 3024 linenr_T lnum; 3025 colnr_T col; 3026 { 3027 rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc; 3028 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0) 3029 { 3030 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum; 3031 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum; 3032 return TRUE; 3033 } 3034 return FALSE; 3035 } 3036 3037 /* 3038 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword. 3039 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol. 3040 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise. 3041 */ 3042 static int 3043 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si) 3044 char_u *line; 3045 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */ 3046 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */ 3047 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */ 3048 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */ 3049 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */ 3050 { 3051 keyentry_T *kp; 3052 char_u *kwp; 3053 int round; 3054 int kwlen; 3055 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */ 3056 hashtab_T *ht; 3057 hashitem_T *hi; 3058 3059 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already 3060 * checked. */ 3061 kwp = line + startcol; 3062 kwlen = 0; 3063 do 3064 { 3065 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3066 if (has_mbyte) 3067 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen); 3068 else 3069 #endif 3070 ++kwlen; 3071 } 3072 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf)); 3073 3074 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN) 3075 return 0; 3076 3077 /* 3078 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it 3079 * lowercase. 3080 */ 3081 vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen); 3082 3083 /* 3084 * Try twice: 3085 * 1. matching case 3086 * 2. ignoring case 3087 */ 3088 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) 3089 { 3090 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic; 3091 if (ht->ht_used == 0) 3092 continue; 3093 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */ 3094 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1); 3095 3096 /* 3097 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different 3098 * attributes. 3099 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise: 3100 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel. 3101 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list. 3102 */ 3103 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword); 3104 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3105 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next) 3106 { 3107 if (current_next_list != 0 3108 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0) 3109 : (cur_si == NULL 3110 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED) 3111 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list, 3112 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))) 3113 { 3114 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen; 3115 *flagsp = kp->flags; 3116 *next_listp = kp->next_list; 3117 return kp->k_syn.id; 3118 } 3119 } 3120 } 3121 return 0; 3122 } 3123 3124 /* 3125 * Handle ":syntax case" command. 3126 */ 3127 /* ARGSUSED */ 3128 static void 3129 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing) 3130 exarg_T *eap; 3131 int syncing; /* not used */ 3132 { 3133 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3134 char_u *next; 3135 3136 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3137 if (eap->skip) 3138 return; 3139 3140 next = skiptowhite(arg); 3141 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5) 3142 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; 3143 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6) 3144 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE; 3145 else 3146 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg); 3147 } 3148 3149 /* 3150 * Handle ":syntax spell" command. 3151 */ 3152 /* ARGSUSED */ 3153 static void 3154 syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing) 3155 exarg_T *eap; 3156 int syncing; /* not used */ 3157 { 3158 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3159 char_u *next; 3160 3161 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3162 if (eap->skip) 3163 return; 3164 3165 next = skiptowhite(arg); 3166 if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8) 3167 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP; 3168 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10) 3169 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP; 3170 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 4) == 0 && next - arg == 4) 3171 curbuf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; 3172 else 3173 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg); 3174 } 3175 3176 /* 3177 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer. 3178 */ 3179 void 3180 syntax_clear(buf) 3181 buf_T *buf; 3182 { 3183 int i; 3184 3185 buf->b_syn_error = FALSE; /* clear previous error */ 3186 buf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */ 3187 buf->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */ 3188 buf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE; 3189 3190 /* free the keywords */ 3191 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab); 3192 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic); 3193 3194 /* free the syntax patterns */ 3195 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 3196 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i); 3197 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns); 3198 3199 /* free the syntax clusters */ 3200 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 3201 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i); 3202 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters); 3203 buf->b_spell_cluster_id = 0; 3204 buf->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0; 3205 3206 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0; 3207 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0; 3208 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; 3209 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0; 3210 3211 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog); 3212 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL; 3213 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat); 3214 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; 3215 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3216 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0; 3217 #endif 3218 3219 /* free the stored states */ 3220 syn_stack_free_all(buf); 3221 invalidate_current_state(); 3222 } 3223 3224 /* 3225 * Clear syncing info for one buffer. 3226 */ 3227 static void 3228 syntax_sync_clear() 3229 { 3230 int i; 3231 3232 /* free the syntax patterns */ 3233 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 3234 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing) 3235 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i); 3236 3237 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0; 3238 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0; 3239 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; 3240 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0; 3241 3242 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog); 3243 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL; 3244 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat); 3245 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; 3246 3247 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 3248 } 3249 3250 /* 3251 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list. 3252 */ 3253 static void 3254 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx) 3255 buf_T *buf; 3256 int idx; 3257 { 3258 synpat_T *spp; 3259 3260 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]); 3261 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3262 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD) 3263 --buf->b_syn_folditems; 3264 #endif 3265 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx); 3266 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1, 3267 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1)); 3268 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 3269 } 3270 3271 /* 3272 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from 3273 * last to first! 3274 */ 3275 static void 3276 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i) 3277 buf_T *buf; 3278 int i; 3279 { 3280 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern); 3281 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog); 3282 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */ 3283 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START) 3284 { 3285 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list); 3286 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list); 3287 } 3288 } 3289 3290 /* 3291 * Clear and free one syntax cluster. 3292 */ 3293 static void 3294 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i) 3295 buf_T *buf; 3296 int i; 3297 { 3298 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name); 3299 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u); 3300 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list); 3301 } 3302 3303 /* 3304 * Handle ":syntax clear" command. 3305 */ 3306 static void 3307 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing) 3308 exarg_T *eap; 3309 int syncing; 3310 { 3311 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3312 char_u *arg_end; 3313 int id; 3314 3315 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3316 if (eap->skip) 3317 return; 3318 3319 /* 3320 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename", 3321 * because otherwise @group would get deleted. 3322 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn 3323 * clear". 3324 */ 3325 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0) 3326 return; 3327 3328 if (ends_excmd(*arg)) 3329 { 3330 /* 3331 * No argument: Clear all syntax items. 3332 */ 3333 if (syncing) 3334 syntax_sync_clear(); 3335 else 3336 { 3337 syntax_clear(curbuf); 3338 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE); 3339 } 3340 } 3341 else 3342 { 3343 /* 3344 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument. 3345 */ 3346 while (!ends_excmd(*arg)) 3347 { 3348 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg); 3349 if (*arg == '@') 3350 { 3351 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1)); 3352 if (id == 0) 3353 { 3354 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg); 3355 break; 3356 } 3357 else 3358 { 3359 /* 3360 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing 3361 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing 3362 * and make it empty. 3363 */ 3364 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER; 3365 3366 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list); 3367 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL; 3368 } 3369 } 3370 else 3371 { 3372 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg)); 3373 if (id == 0) 3374 { 3375 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg); 3376 break; 3377 } 3378 else 3379 syn_clear_one(id, syncing); 3380 } 3381 arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 3382 } 3383 } 3384 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 3385 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 3386 } 3387 3388 /* 3389 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer. 3390 */ 3391 static void 3392 syn_clear_one(id, syncing) 3393 int id; 3394 int syncing; 3395 { 3396 synpat_T *spp; 3397 int idx; 3398 3399 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */ 3400 if (!syncing) 3401 { 3402 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab); 3403 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic); 3404 } 3405 3406 /* clear the patterns for "id" */ 3407 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; ) 3408 { 3409 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]); 3410 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing) 3411 continue; 3412 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx); 3413 } 3414 } 3415 3416 /* 3417 * Handle ":syntax on" command. 3418 */ 3419 /* ARGSUSED */ 3420 static void 3421 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing) 3422 exarg_T *eap; 3423 int syncing; /* not used */ 3424 { 3425 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax"); 3426 } 3427 3428 /* 3429 * Handle ":syntax enable" command. 3430 */ 3431 /* ARGSUSED */ 3432 static void 3433 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing) 3434 exarg_T *eap; 3435 int syncing; /* not used */ 3436 { 3437 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable"); 3438 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax"); 3439 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE); 3440 } 3441 3442 /* 3443 * Handle ":syntax reset" command. 3444 */ 3445 /* ARGSUSED */ 3446 static void 3447 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing) 3448 exarg_T *eap; 3449 int syncing; /* not used */ 3450 { 3451 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg); 3452 if (!eap->skip) 3453 { 3454 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset"); 3455 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim"); 3456 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE); 3457 } 3458 } 3459 3460 /* 3461 * Handle ":syntax manual" command. 3462 */ 3463 /* ARGSUSED */ 3464 static void 3465 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing) 3466 exarg_T *eap; 3467 int syncing; /* not used */ 3468 { 3469 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual"); 3470 } 3471 3472 /* 3473 * Handle ":syntax off" command. 3474 */ 3475 /* ARGSUSED */ 3476 static void 3477 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing) 3478 exarg_T *eap; 3479 int syncing; /* not used */ 3480 { 3481 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax"); 3482 } 3483 3484 static void 3485 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name) 3486 exarg_T *eap; 3487 char *name; 3488 { 3489 char_u buf[100]; 3490 3491 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg); 3492 if (!eap->skip) 3493 { 3494 STRCPY(buf, "so "); 3495 vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name); 3496 do_cmdline_cmd(buf); 3497 } 3498 } 3499 3500 /* 3501 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words. 3502 */ 3503 static void 3504 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing) 3505 exarg_T *eap; 3506 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */ 3507 { 3508 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 3509 int id; 3510 char_u *arg_end; 3511 3512 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 3513 if (eap->skip) 3514 return; 3515 3516 if (!syntax_present(curbuf)) 3517 { 3518 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer")); 3519 return; 3520 } 3521 3522 if (syncing) 3523 { 3524 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT) 3525 { 3526 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments")); 3527 syn_lines_msg(); 3528 syn_match_msg(); 3529 return; 3530 } 3531 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)) 3532 { 3533 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0) 3534 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing")); 3535 else 3536 { 3537 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts ")); 3538 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines); 3539 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line")); 3540 syn_match_msg(); 3541 } 3542 return; 3543 } 3544 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---")); 3545 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0 3546 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 3547 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0) 3548 { 3549 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items")); 3550 syn_lines_msg(); 3551 syn_match_msg(); 3552 } 3553 } 3554 else 3555 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---")); 3556 if (ends_excmd(*arg)) 3557 { 3558 /* 3559 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters. 3560 */ 3561 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id) 3562 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE); 3563 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id) 3564 syn_list_cluster(id); 3565 } 3566 else 3567 { 3568 /* 3569 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument. 3570 */ 3571 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int) 3572 { 3573 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg); 3574 if (*arg == '@') 3575 { 3576 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1)); 3577 if (id == 0) 3578 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg); 3579 else 3580 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER); 3581 } 3582 else 3583 { 3584 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg)); 3585 if (id == 0) 3586 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg); 3587 else 3588 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE); 3589 } 3590 arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 3591 } 3592 } 3593 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg); 3594 } 3595 3596 static void 3597 syn_lines_msg() 3598 { 3599 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0) 3600 { 3601 MSG_PUTS("; "); 3602 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0) 3603 { 3604 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal ")); 3605 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines); 3606 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) 3607 MSG_PUTS(", "); 3608 } 3609 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0) 3610 { 3611 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal ")); 3612 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines); 3613 } 3614 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line")); 3615 } 3616 } 3617 3618 static void 3619 syn_match_msg() 3620 { 3621 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0) 3622 { 3623 MSG_PUTS(_("; match ")); 3624 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks); 3625 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks")); 3626 } 3627 } 3628 3629 static int last_matchgroup; 3630 3631 struct name_list 3632 { 3633 int flag; 3634 char *name; 3635 }; 3636 3637 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr)); 3638 3639 /* 3640 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name". 3641 */ 3642 static void 3643 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only) 3644 int id; 3645 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */ 3646 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */ 3647 { 3648 int attr; 3649 int idx; 3650 int did_header = FALSE; 3651 synpat_T *spp; 3652 static struct name_list namelist1[] = 3653 { 3654 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"}, 3655 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"}, 3656 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"}, 3657 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"}, 3658 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"}, 3659 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"}, 3660 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"}, 3661 {HL_FOLD, "fold"}, 3662 {0, NULL} 3663 }; 3664 static struct name_list namelist2[] = 3665 { 3666 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"}, 3667 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"}, 3668 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"}, 3669 {0, NULL} 3670 }; 3671 3672 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */ 3673 3674 /* list the keywords for "id" */ 3675 if (!syncing) 3676 { 3677 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr); 3678 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic, 3679 did_header, attr); 3680 } 3681 3682 /* list the patterns for "id" */ 3683 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx) 3684 { 3685 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]); 3686 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing) 3687 continue; 3688 3689 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id); 3690 did_header = TRUE; 3691 last_matchgroup = 0; 3692 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH) 3693 { 3694 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr); 3695 msg_putchar(' '); 3696 } 3697 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 3698 { 3699 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 3700 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); 3701 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP) 3702 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); 3703 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len 3704 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END) 3705 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr); 3706 --idx; 3707 msg_putchar(' '); 3708 } 3709 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr); 3710 3711 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL) 3712 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr); 3713 3714 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL) 3715 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin", 3716 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr); 3717 3718 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL) 3719 { 3720 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr); 3721 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr); 3722 } 3723 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)) 3724 { 3725 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE) 3726 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr); 3727 else 3728 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr); 3729 msg_putchar(' '); 3730 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0) 3731 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf) 3732 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name); 3733 else 3734 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); 3735 msg_putchar(' '); 3736 } 3737 } 3738 3739 /* list the link, if there is one */ 3740 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int) 3741 { 3742 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id); 3743 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr); 3744 msg_putchar(' '); 3745 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name); 3746 } 3747 } 3748 3749 static void 3750 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr) 3751 struct name_list *nl; 3752 int flags; 3753 int attr; 3754 { 3755 int i; 3756 3757 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i) 3758 if (flags & nl[i].flag) 3759 { 3760 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr); 3761 msg_putchar(' '); 3762 } 3763 } 3764 3765 /* 3766 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name". 3767 */ 3768 static void 3769 syn_list_cluster(id) 3770 int id; 3771 { 3772 int endcol = 15; 3773 3774 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */ 3775 msg_putchar('\n'); 3776 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name); 3777 3778 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */ 3779 endcol = msg_col + 1; 3780 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */ 3781 endcol = Columns - 1; 3782 3783 msg_advance(endcol); 3784 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL) 3785 { 3786 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list, 3787 hl_attr(HLF_D)); 3788 } 3789 else 3790 { 3791 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D)); 3792 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE"); 3793 } 3794 } 3795 3796 static void 3797 put_id_list(name, list, attr) 3798 char_u *name; 3799 short *list; 3800 int attr; 3801 { 3802 short *p; 3803 3804 msg_puts_attr(name, attr); 3805 msg_putchar('='); 3806 for (p = list; *p; ++p) 3807 { 3808 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP) 3809 { 3810 if (p[1]) 3811 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT"); 3812 else 3813 MSG_PUTS("ALL"); 3814 } 3815 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED) 3816 { 3817 MSG_PUTS("TOP"); 3818 } 3819 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER) 3820 { 3821 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED"); 3822 } 3823 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER) 3824 { 3825 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER; 3826 3827 msg_putchar('@'); 3828 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name); 3829 } 3830 else 3831 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name); 3832 if (p[1]) 3833 msg_putchar(','); 3834 } 3835 msg_putchar(' '); 3836 } 3837 3838 static void 3839 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr) 3840 char *s; 3841 int c; 3842 synpat_T *spp; 3843 int attr; 3844 { 3845 long n; 3846 int mask; 3847 int first; 3848 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&"; 3849 int i; 3850 3851 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */ 3852 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id) 3853 { 3854 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id; 3855 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr); 3856 msg_putchar('='); 3857 if (last_matchgroup == 0) 3858 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE"); 3859 else 3860 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name); 3861 msg_putchar(' '); 3862 } 3863 3864 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */ 3865 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr); 3866 msg_putchar(c); 3867 3868 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */ 3869 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; ) 3870 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL) 3871 { 3872 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */ 3873 break; 3874 } 3875 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]); 3876 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern); 3877 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]); 3878 3879 /* output any pattern options */ 3880 first = TRUE; 3881 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i) 3882 { 3883 mask = (1 << i); 3884 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT))) 3885 { 3886 if (!first) 3887 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */ 3888 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]); 3889 n = spp->sp_offsets[i]; 3890 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF) 3891 { 3892 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask) 3893 msg_putchar('s'); 3894 else 3895 msg_putchar('e'); 3896 if (n > 0) 3897 msg_putchar('+'); 3898 } 3899 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF) 3900 msg_outnum(n); 3901 first = FALSE; 3902 } 3903 } 3904 msg_putchar(' '); 3905 } 3906 3907 /* 3908 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group. 3909 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed. 3910 */ 3911 static int 3912 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr) 3913 int id; 3914 hashtab_T *ht; 3915 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */ 3916 int attr; 3917 { 3918 int outlen; 3919 hashitem_T *hi; 3920 keyentry_T *kp; 3921 int todo; 3922 int prev_contained = 0; 3923 short *prev_next_list = NULL; 3924 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL; 3925 int prev_skipnl = 0; 3926 int prev_skipwhite = 0; 3927 int prev_skipempty = 0; 3928 3929 /* 3930 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on 3931 * hash value... 3932 */ 3933 todo = ht->ht_used; 3934 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi) 3935 { 3936 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 3937 { 3938 --todo; 3939 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next) 3940 { 3941 if (kp->k_syn.id == id) 3942 { 3943 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED) 3944 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL) 3945 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) 3946 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) 3947 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list 3948 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list) 3949 outlen = 9999; 3950 else 3951 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword); 3952 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */ 3953 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)) 3954 { 3955 prev_contained = 0; 3956 prev_next_list = NULL; 3957 prev_cont_in_list = NULL; 3958 prev_skipnl = 0; 3959 prev_skipwhite = 0; 3960 prev_skipempty = 0; 3961 } 3962 did_header = TRUE; 3963 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)) 3964 { 3965 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr); 3966 msg_putchar(' '); 3967 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED); 3968 } 3969 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list) 3970 { 3971 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin", 3972 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr); 3973 msg_putchar(' '); 3974 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list; 3975 } 3976 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list) 3977 { 3978 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr); 3979 msg_putchar(' '); 3980 prev_next_list = kp->next_list; 3981 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL) 3982 { 3983 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr); 3984 msg_putchar(' '); 3985 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL); 3986 } 3987 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE) 3988 { 3989 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr); 3990 msg_putchar(' '); 3991 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE); 3992 } 3993 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY) 3994 { 3995 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr); 3996 msg_putchar(' '); 3997 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY); 3998 } 3999 } 4000 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword); 4001 } 4002 } 4003 } 4004 } 4005 4006 return did_header; 4007 } 4008 4009 static void 4010 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht) 4011 int id; 4012 hashtab_T *ht; 4013 { 4014 hashitem_T *hi; 4015 keyentry_T *kp; 4016 keyentry_T *kp_prev; 4017 keyentry_T *kp_next; 4018 int todo; 4019 4020 hash_lock(ht); 4021 todo = ht->ht_used; 4022 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 4023 { 4024 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 4025 { 4026 --todo; 4027 kp_prev = NULL; 4028 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; ) 4029 { 4030 if (kp->k_syn.id == id) 4031 { 4032 kp_next = kp->ke_next; 4033 if (kp_prev == NULL) 4034 { 4035 if (kp_next == NULL) 4036 hash_remove(ht, hi); 4037 else 4038 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next); 4039 } 4040 else 4041 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next; 4042 vim_free(kp->next_list); 4043 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list); 4044 vim_free(kp); 4045 kp = kp_next; 4046 } 4047 else 4048 { 4049 kp_prev = kp; 4050 kp = kp->ke_next; 4051 } 4052 } 4053 } 4054 } 4055 hash_unlock(ht); 4056 } 4057 4058 /* 4059 * Clear a whole keyword table. 4060 */ 4061 static void 4062 clear_keywtab(ht) 4063 hashtab_T *ht; 4064 { 4065 hashitem_T *hi; 4066 int todo; 4067 keyentry_T *kp; 4068 keyentry_T *kp_next; 4069 4070 todo = ht->ht_used; 4071 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi) 4072 { 4073 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 4074 { 4075 --todo; 4076 kp = HI2KE(hi); 4077 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next) 4078 { 4079 kp_next = kp->ke_next; 4080 vim_free(kp->next_list); 4081 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list); 4082 vim_free(kp); 4083 } 4084 } 4085 } 4086 hash_clear(ht); 4087 hash_init(ht); 4088 } 4089 4090 /* 4091 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords. 4092 */ 4093 static void 4094 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list) 4095 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */ 4096 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */ 4097 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */ 4098 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */ 4099 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */ 4100 { 4101 keyentry_T *kp; 4102 hashtab_T *ht; 4103 hashitem_T *hi; 4104 char_u *name_ic; 4105 long_u hash; 4106 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; 4107 4108 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic) 4109 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name), 4110 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1); 4111 else 4112 name_ic = name; 4113 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic))); 4114 if (kp == NULL) 4115 return; 4116 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic); 4117 kp->k_syn.id = id; 4118 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 4119 kp->flags = flags; 4120 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list); 4121 if (cont_in_list != NULL) 4122 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; 4123 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list); 4124 4125 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic) 4126 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic; 4127 else 4128 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab; 4129 4130 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword); 4131 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash); 4132 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi)) 4133 { 4134 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */ 4135 kp->ke_next = NULL; 4136 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash); 4137 } 4138 else 4139 { 4140 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */ 4141 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi); 4142 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp); 4143 } 4144 } 4145 4146 /* 4147 * Get the start and end of the group name argument. 4148 * Return a pointer to the first argument. 4149 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args. 4150 */ 4151 static char_u * 4152 get_group_name(arg, name_end) 4153 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */ 4154 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */ 4155 { 4156 char_u *rest; 4157 4158 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg); 4159 rest = skipwhite(*name_end); 4160 4161 /* 4162 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a 4163 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL. 4164 */ 4165 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL) 4166 return NULL; 4167 return rest; 4168 } 4169 4170 /* 4171 * Check for syntax command option arguments. 4172 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks 4173 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to 4174 * collect all options in between other arguments. 4175 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option). 4176 * Return NULL for any error; 4177 */ 4178 static char_u * 4179 get_syn_options(arg, opt) 4180 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */ 4181 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */ 4182 { 4183 char_u *gname_start, *gname; 4184 int syn_id; 4185 int len; 4186 char *p; 4187 int i; 4188 int fidx; 4189 static struct flag 4190 { 4191 char *name; 4192 int argtype; 4193 int flags; 4194 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED}, 4195 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE}, 4196 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND}, 4197 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND}, 4198 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL}, 4199 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP}, 4200 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL}, 4201 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE}, 4202 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY}, 4203 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE}, 4204 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE}, 4205 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY}, 4206 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD}, 4207 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0}, 4208 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0}, 4209 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0}, 4210 }; 4211 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN"; 4212 4213 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */ 4214 return NULL; 4215 4216 for (;;) 4217 { 4218 /* 4219 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined. 4220 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found. 4221 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow. 4222 */ 4223 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL) 4224 break; 4225 4226 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; ) 4227 { 4228 p = flagtab[fidx].name; 4229 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len) 4230 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1]) 4231 break; 4232 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len]) 4233 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0 4234 ? arg[len] == '=' 4235 : ends_excmd(arg[len])))) 4236 { 4237 if (opt->keyword 4238 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY 4239 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD 4240 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND)) 4241 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */ 4242 fidx = -1; 4243 break; 4244 } 4245 } 4246 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */ 4247 break; 4248 4249 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1) 4250 { 4251 if (!opt->has_cont_list) 4252 { 4253 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here")); 4254 return NULL; 4255 } 4256 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL) 4257 return NULL; 4258 } 4259 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2) 4260 { 4261 #if 0 /* cannot happen */ 4262 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL) 4263 { 4264 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here")); 4265 return NULL; 4266 } 4267 #endif 4268 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL) 4269 return NULL; 4270 } 4271 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3) 4272 { 4273 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL) 4274 return NULL; 4275 } 4276 else 4277 { 4278 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags; 4279 arg = skipwhite(arg + len); 4280 4281 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE 4282 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE) 4283 { 4284 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL) 4285 { 4286 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here")); 4287 return NULL; 4288 } 4289 gname_start = arg; 4290 arg = skiptowhite(arg); 4291 if (gname_start == arg) 4292 return NULL; 4293 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start)); 4294 if (gname == NULL) 4295 return NULL; 4296 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0) 4297 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX; 4298 else 4299 { 4300 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname); 4301 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 4302 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id 4303 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START) 4304 { 4305 *opt->sync_idx = i; 4306 break; 4307 } 4308 if (i < 0) 4309 { 4310 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname); 4311 vim_free(gname); 4312 return NULL; 4313 } 4314 } 4315 4316 vim_free(gname); 4317 arg = skipwhite(arg); 4318 } 4319 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4320 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD 4321 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin)) 4322 /* Need to update folds later. */ 4323 foldUpdateAll(curwin); 4324 #endif 4325 } 4326 } 4327 4328 return arg; 4329 } 4330 4331 /* 4332 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file. 4333 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it 4334 * to the specified top-level group, if any. 4335 */ 4336 static void 4337 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp) 4338 int id; 4339 int *flagsp; 4340 { 4341 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0) 4342 return; 4343 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED; 4344 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER) 4345 { 4346 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */ 4347 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short))); 4348 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER; 4349 4350 if (grp_list != NULL) 4351 { 4352 grp_list[0] = id; 4353 grp_list[1] = 0; 4354 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list, 4355 CLUSTER_ADD); 4356 } 4357 } 4358 } 4359 4360 /* 4361 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command. 4362 */ 4363 /* ARGSUSED */ 4364 static void 4365 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing) 4366 exarg_T *eap; 4367 int syncing; /* not used */ 4368 { 4369 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4370 int sgl_id = 1; 4371 char_u *group_name_end; 4372 char_u *rest; 4373 char_u *errormsg = NULL; 4374 int prev_toplvl_grp; 4375 int prev_syn_inc_tag; 4376 int source = FALSE; 4377 4378 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 4379 if (eap->skip) 4380 return; 4381 4382 if (arg[0] == '@') 4383 { 4384 ++arg; 4385 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4386 if (rest == NULL) 4387 { 4388 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required")); 4389 return; 4390 } 4391 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); 4392 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */ 4393 eap->arg = rest; 4394 } 4395 4396 /* 4397 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the 4398 * filename to include. 4399 */ 4400 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC); 4401 separate_nextcmd(eap); 4402 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg)) 4403 { 4404 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the 4405 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases 4406 * ":runtime!" is used. */ 4407 source = TRUE; 4408 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL) 4409 { 4410 if (errormsg != NULL) 4411 EMSG(errormsg); 4412 return; 4413 } 4414 } 4415 4416 /* 4417 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn 4418 * include" tag around the actual inclusion. 4419 */ 4420 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 4421 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag; 4422 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp; 4423 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id; 4424 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL 4425 : source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL) 4426 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg); 4427 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp; 4428 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag; 4429 } 4430 4431 /* 4432 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command. 4433 */ 4434 /* ARGSUSED */ 4435 static void 4436 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing) 4437 exarg_T *eap; 4438 int syncing; /* not used */ 4439 { 4440 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4441 char_u *group_name_end; 4442 int syn_id; 4443 char_u *rest; 4444 char_u *keyword_copy; 4445 char_u *p; 4446 char_u *kw; 4447 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg; 4448 int cnt; 4449 4450 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4451 4452 if (rest != NULL) 4453 { 4454 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)); 4455 4456 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */ 4457 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1); 4458 if (keyword_copy != NULL) 4459 { 4460 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0; 4461 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE; 4462 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL; 4463 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE; 4464 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL; 4465 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL; 4466 4467 /* 4468 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be 4469 * found before keywords can be created. 4470 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy. 4471 */ 4472 cnt = 0; 4473 p = keyword_copy; 4474 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest)) 4475 { 4476 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg); 4477 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest)) 4478 break; 4479 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */ 4480 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest)) 4481 { 4482 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL) 4483 ++rest; 4484 *p++ = *rest++; 4485 } 4486 *p++ = NUL; 4487 ++cnt; 4488 } 4489 4490 if (!eap->skip) 4491 { 4492 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */ 4493 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags); 4494 4495 /* 4496 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword. 4497 */ 4498 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1) 4499 { 4500 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; ) 4501 { 4502 if (p != NULL) 4503 *p = NUL; 4504 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags, 4505 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list, 4506 syn_opt_arg.next_list); 4507 if (p == NULL) 4508 break; 4509 if (p[1] == NUL) 4510 { 4511 EMSG2(_("E747: Missing ']': %s"), kw); 4512 kw = p + 2; /* skip over the NUL */ 4513 break; 4514 } 4515 if (p[1] == ']') 4516 { 4517 kw = p + 1; /* skip over the "]" */ 4518 break; 4519 } 4520 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4521 if (has_mbyte) 4522 { 4523 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1); 4524 4525 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l); 4526 p += l; 4527 } 4528 else 4529 #endif 4530 { 4531 p[0] = p[1]; 4532 ++p; 4533 } 4534 } 4535 } 4536 } 4537 4538 vim_free(keyword_copy); 4539 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list); 4540 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list); 4541 } 4542 } 4543 4544 if (rest != NULL) 4545 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); 4546 else 4547 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 4548 4549 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 4550 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 4551 } 4552 4553 /* 4554 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]". 4555 * 4556 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .." 4557 */ 4558 static void 4559 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing) 4560 exarg_T *eap; 4561 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */ 4562 { 4563 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4564 char_u *group_name_end; 4565 char_u *rest; 4566 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */ 4567 int syn_id; 4568 int idx; 4569 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg; 4570 int sync_idx = 0; 4571 4572 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */ 4573 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4574 4575 /* Get options before the pattern */ 4576 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0; 4577 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE; 4578 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL; 4579 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE; 4580 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL; 4581 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL; 4582 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL; 4583 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg); 4584 4585 /* get the pattern. */ 4586 init_syn_patterns(); 4587 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item)); 4588 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item); 4589 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL)) 4590 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL; 4591 4592 /* Get options after the pattern */ 4593 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg); 4594 4595 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */ 4596 { 4597 /* 4598 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments. 4599 */ 4600 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); 4601 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip) 4602 rest = NULL; 4603 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL 4604 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, 4605 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0) 4606 { 4607 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags); 4608 /* 4609 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list 4610 */ 4611 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 4612 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item; 4613 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing; 4614 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH; 4615 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id; 4616 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 4617 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags; 4618 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx; 4619 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list; 4620 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = 4621 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list; 4622 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL) 4623 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; 4624 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list; 4625 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 4626 4627 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */ 4628 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)) 4629 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH; 4630 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4631 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD) 4632 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems; 4633 #endif 4634 4635 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 4636 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 4637 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */ 4638 } 4639 } 4640 4641 /* 4642 * Something failed, free the allocated memory. 4643 */ 4644 vim_free(item.sp_prog); 4645 vim_free(item.sp_pattern); 4646 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list); 4647 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list); 4648 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list); 4649 4650 if (rest == NULL) 4651 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 4652 } 4653 4654 /* 4655 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}] 4656 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]". 4657 */ 4658 static void 4659 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing) 4660 exarg_T *eap; 4661 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */ 4662 { 4663 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 4664 char_u *group_name_end; 4665 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */ 4666 char_u *key_end; 4667 char_u *key = NULL; 4668 char_u *p; 4669 int item; 4670 #define ITEM_START 0 4671 #define ITEM_SKIP 1 4672 #define ITEM_END 2 4673 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3 4674 struct pat_ptr 4675 { 4676 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */ 4677 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */ 4678 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */ 4679 } *(pat_ptrs[3]); 4680 /* patterns found in the line */ 4681 struct pat_ptr *ppp; 4682 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next; 4683 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */ 4684 int syn_id; 4685 int matchgroup_id = 0; 4686 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */ 4687 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */ 4688 int success = FALSE; 4689 int idx; 4690 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg; 4691 4692 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */ 4693 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 4694 4695 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL; 4696 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL; 4697 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL; 4698 4699 init_syn_patterns(); 4700 4701 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0; 4702 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE; 4703 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL; 4704 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE; 4705 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL; 4706 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL; 4707 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL; 4708 4709 /* 4710 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup. 4711 */ 4712 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest)) 4713 { 4714 /* Check for option arguments */ 4715 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg); 4716 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest)) 4717 break; 4718 4719 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */ 4720 key_end = rest; 4721 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=') 4722 ++key_end; 4723 vim_free(key); 4724 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest)); 4725 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */ 4726 { 4727 rest = NULL; 4728 break; 4729 } 4730 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0) 4731 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP; 4732 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0) 4733 item = ITEM_START; 4734 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0) 4735 item = ITEM_END; 4736 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0) 4737 { 4738 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */ 4739 { 4740 illegal = TRUE; 4741 break; 4742 } 4743 item = ITEM_SKIP; 4744 } 4745 else 4746 break; 4747 rest = skipwhite(key_end); 4748 if (*rest != '=') 4749 { 4750 rest = NULL; 4751 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg); 4752 break; 4753 } 4754 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1); 4755 if (*rest == NUL) 4756 { 4757 not_enough = TRUE; 4758 break; 4759 } 4760 4761 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP) 4762 { 4763 p = skiptowhite(rest); 4764 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip) 4765 matchgroup_id = 0; 4766 else 4767 { 4768 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest)); 4769 if (matchgroup_id == 0) 4770 { 4771 illegal = TRUE; 4772 break; 4773 } 4774 } 4775 rest = skipwhite(p); 4776 } 4777 else 4778 { 4779 /* 4780 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of 4781 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is 4782 * used from end to start). 4783 */ 4784 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr)); 4785 if (ppp == NULL) 4786 { 4787 rest = NULL; 4788 break; 4789 } 4790 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item]; 4791 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp; 4792 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T)); 4793 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL) 4794 { 4795 rest = NULL; 4796 break; 4797 } 4798 4799 /* 4800 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s). 4801 */ 4802 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */ 4803 if (item == ITEM_START) 4804 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET; 4805 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END) 4806 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE; 4807 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp); 4808 reg_do_extmatch = 0; 4809 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol() 4810 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL)) 4811 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL; 4812 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id; 4813 ++pat_count; 4814 } 4815 } 4816 vim_free(key); 4817 if (illegal || not_enough) 4818 rest = NULL; 4819 4820 /* 4821 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern. 4822 */ 4823 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL || 4824 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL)) 4825 { 4826 not_enough = TRUE; 4827 rest = NULL; 4828 } 4829 4830 if (rest != NULL) 4831 { 4832 /* 4833 * Check for trailing garbage or command. 4834 * If OK, add the item. 4835 */ 4836 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest); 4837 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip) 4838 rest = NULL; 4839 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL 4840 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, 4841 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0) 4842 { 4843 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags); 4844 /* 4845 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list 4846 */ 4847 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 4848 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item) 4849 { 4850 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next) 4851 { 4852 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp); 4853 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing; 4854 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = 4855 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START : 4856 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END; 4857 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags; 4858 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id; 4859 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag; 4860 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id = 4861 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id; 4862 if (item == ITEM_START) 4863 { 4864 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = 4865 syn_opt_arg.cont_list; 4866 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = 4867 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list; 4868 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL) 4869 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE; 4870 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = 4871 syn_opt_arg.next_list; 4872 } 4873 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; 4874 ++idx; 4875 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 4876 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD) 4877 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems; 4878 #endif 4879 } 4880 } 4881 4882 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 4883 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 4884 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */ 4885 } 4886 } 4887 4888 /* 4889 * Free the allocated memory. 4890 */ 4891 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item) 4892 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next) 4893 { 4894 if (!success) 4895 { 4896 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog); 4897 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern); 4898 } 4899 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp); 4900 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next; 4901 vim_free(ppp); 4902 } 4903 4904 if (!success) 4905 { 4906 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list); 4907 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list); 4908 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list); 4909 if (not_enough) 4910 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg); 4911 else if (illegal || rest == NULL) 4912 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 4913 } 4914 } 4915 4916 /* 4917 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort() 4918 */ 4919 static int 4920 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ 4921 _RTLENTRYF 4922 #endif 4923 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2) 4924 const void *v1; 4925 const void *v2; 4926 { 4927 const short *s1 = v1; 4928 const short *s2 = v2; 4929 4930 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0); 4931 } 4932 4933 /* 4934 * Combines lists of syntax clusters. 4935 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed. 4936 */ 4937 static void 4938 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op) 4939 short **clstr1; 4940 short **clstr2; 4941 int list_op; 4942 { 4943 int count1 = 0; 4944 int count2 = 0; 4945 short *g1; 4946 short *g2; 4947 short *clstr = NULL; 4948 int count; 4949 int round; 4950 4951 /* 4952 * Handle degenerate cases. 4953 */ 4954 if (*clstr2 == NULL) 4955 return; 4956 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE) 4957 { 4958 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE) 4959 vim_free(*clstr1); 4960 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) 4961 *clstr1 = *clstr2; 4962 else 4963 vim_free(*clstr2); 4964 return; 4965 } 4966 4967 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++) 4968 ++count1; 4969 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++) 4970 ++count2; 4971 4972 /* 4973 * For speed purposes, sort both lists. 4974 */ 4975 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub); 4976 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub); 4977 4978 /* 4979 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place 4980 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new 4981 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller 4982 * of the current elements in each list to the new list. 4983 */ 4984 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++) 4985 { 4986 g1 = *clstr1; 4987 g2 = *clstr2; 4988 count = 0; 4989 4990 /* 4991 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty. 4992 */ 4993 while (*g1 && *g2) 4994 { 4995 /* 4996 * We always want to add from the first list. 4997 */ 4998 if (*g1 < *g2) 4999 { 5000 if (round == 2) 5001 clstr[count] = *g1; 5002 count++; 5003 g1++; 5004 continue; 5005 } 5006 /* 5007 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the 5008 * lists. 5009 */ 5010 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) 5011 { 5012 if (round == 2) 5013 clstr[count] = *g2; 5014 count++; 5015 } 5016 if (*g1 == *g2) 5017 g1++; 5018 g2++; 5019 } 5020 5021 /* 5022 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished 5023 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if 5024 * we're adding the lists. 5025 */ 5026 for (; *g1; g1++, count++) 5027 if (round == 2) 5028 clstr[count] = *g1; 5029 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD) 5030 for (; *g2; g2++, count++) 5031 if (round == 2) 5032 clstr[count] = *g2; 5033 5034 if (round == 1) 5035 { 5036 /* 5037 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any 5038 * space for it. 5039 */ 5040 if (count == 0) 5041 { 5042 clstr = NULL; 5043 break; 5044 } 5045 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short))); 5046 if (clstr == NULL) 5047 break; 5048 clstr[count] = 0; 5049 } 5050 } 5051 5052 /* 5053 * Finally, put the new list in place. 5054 */ 5055 vim_free(*clstr1); 5056 vim_free(*clstr2); 5057 *clstr1 = clstr; 5058 } 5059 5060 /* 5061 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID. 5062 * If it is not found, 0 is returned. 5063 */ 5064 static int 5065 syn_scl_name2id(name) 5066 char_u *name; 5067 { 5068 int i; 5069 char_u *name_u; 5070 5071 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */ 5072 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); 5073 if (name_u == NULL) 5074 return 0; 5075 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 5076 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL 5077 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0) 5078 break; 5079 vim_free(name_u); 5080 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER); 5081 } 5082 5083 /* 5084 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument. 5085 */ 5086 static int 5087 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len) 5088 char_u *linep; 5089 int len; 5090 { 5091 char_u *name; 5092 int id = 0; 5093 5094 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len); 5095 if (name != NULL) 5096 { 5097 id = syn_scl_name2id(name); 5098 vim_free(name); 5099 } 5100 return id; 5101 } 5102 5103 /* 5104 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID. 5105 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name. 5106 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created. 5107 * Return 0 for failure. 5108 */ 5109 static int 5110 syn_check_cluster(pp, len) 5111 char_u *pp; 5112 int len; 5113 { 5114 int id; 5115 char_u *name; 5116 5117 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len); 5118 if (name == NULL) 5119 return 0; 5120 5121 id = syn_scl_name2id(name); 5122 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */ 5123 id = syn_add_cluster(name); 5124 else 5125 vim_free(name); 5126 return id; 5127 } 5128 5129 /* 5130 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID. 5131 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed. 5132 * Return 0 for failure. 5133 */ 5134 static int 5135 syn_add_cluster(name) 5136 char_u *name; 5137 { 5138 int len; 5139 5140 /* 5141 * First call for this growarray: init growing array. 5142 */ 5143 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL) 5144 { 5145 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T); 5146 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10; 5147 } 5148 5149 /* 5150 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry. 5151 */ 5152 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL) 5153 { 5154 vim_free(name); 5155 return 0; 5156 } 5157 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; 5158 5159 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T)); 5160 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name; 5161 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); 5162 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL; 5163 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; 5164 5165 if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0) 5166 curbuf->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER; 5167 if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0) 5168 curbuf->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER; 5169 5170 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER; 5171 } 5172 5173 /* 5174 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..] 5175 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]". 5176 */ 5177 /* ARGSUSED */ 5178 static void 5179 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing) 5180 exarg_T *eap; 5181 int syncing; /* not used */ 5182 { 5183 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 5184 char_u *group_name_end; 5185 char_u *rest; 5186 int scl_id; 5187 short *clstr_list; 5188 int got_clstr = FALSE; 5189 int opt_len; 5190 int list_op; 5191 5192 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg); 5193 if (eap->skip) 5194 return; 5195 5196 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end); 5197 5198 if (rest != NULL) 5199 { 5200 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg)) 5201 - SYNID_CLUSTER; 5202 5203 for (;;) 5204 { 5205 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0 5206 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '=')) 5207 { 5208 opt_len = 3; 5209 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD; 5210 } 5211 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0 5212 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '=')) 5213 { 5214 opt_len = 6; 5215 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT; 5216 } 5217 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0 5218 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '=')) 5219 { 5220 opt_len = 8; 5221 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE; 5222 } 5223 else 5224 break; 5225 5226 clstr_list = NULL; 5227 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL) 5228 { 5229 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest); 5230 break; 5231 } 5232 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list, 5233 &clstr_list, list_op); 5234 got_clstr = TRUE; 5235 } 5236 5237 if (got_clstr) 5238 { 5239 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 5240 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 5241 } 5242 } 5243 5244 if (!got_clstr) 5245 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified")); 5246 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest)) 5247 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); 5248 } 5249 5250 /* 5251 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array. 5252 */ 5253 static void 5254 init_syn_patterns() 5255 { 5256 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T); 5257 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10; 5258 } 5259 5260 /* 5261 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command. 5262 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T. 5263 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error. 5264 */ 5265 static char_u * 5266 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci) 5267 char_u *arg; 5268 synpat_T *ci; 5269 { 5270 char_u *end; 5271 int *p; 5272 int idx; 5273 char_u *cpo_save; 5274 5275 /* need at least three chars */ 5276 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL) 5277 return NULL; 5278 5279 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL); 5280 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */ 5281 { 5282 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg); 5283 return NULL; 5284 } 5285 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */ 5286 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL) 5287 return NULL; 5288 5289 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */ 5290 cpo_save = p_cpo; 5291 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 5292 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC); 5293 p_cpo = cpo_save; 5294 5295 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL) 5296 return NULL; 5297 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic; 5298 5299 /* 5300 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset. 5301 */ 5302 ++end; 5303 do 5304 { 5305 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; ) 5306 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0) 5307 break; 5308 if (idx >= 0) 5309 { 5310 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]); 5311 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF) 5312 switch (end[3]) 5313 { 5314 case 's': break; 5315 case 'b': break; 5316 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break; 5317 default: idx = -1; break; 5318 } 5319 if (idx >= 0) 5320 { 5321 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx); 5322 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */ 5323 { 5324 end += 3; 5325 *p = getdigits(&end); 5326 5327 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */ 5328 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF))) 5329 { 5330 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF); 5331 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p; 5332 } 5333 } 5334 else /* yy=x+99 */ 5335 { 5336 end += 4; 5337 if (*end == '+') 5338 { 5339 ++end; 5340 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */ 5341 } 5342 else if (*end == '-') 5343 { 5344 ++end; 5345 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */ 5346 } 5347 } 5348 if (*end != ',') 5349 break; 5350 ++end; 5351 } 5352 } 5353 } while (idx >= 0); 5354 5355 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end)) 5356 { 5357 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg); 5358 return NULL; 5359 } 5360 return skipwhite(end); 5361 } 5362 5363 /* 5364 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command. 5365 */ 5366 /* ARGSUSED */ 5367 static void 5368 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing) 5369 exarg_T *eap; 5370 int syncing; /* not used */ 5371 { 5372 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg; 5373 char_u *arg_end; 5374 char_u *key = NULL; 5375 char_u *next_arg; 5376 int illegal = FALSE; 5377 int finished = FALSE; 5378 long n; 5379 char_u *cpo_save; 5380 5381 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start)) 5382 { 5383 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE); 5384 return; 5385 } 5386 5387 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start)) 5388 { 5389 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start); 5390 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 5391 vim_free(key); 5392 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start)); 5393 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0) 5394 { 5395 if (!eap->skip) 5396 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT; 5397 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg)) 5398 { 5399 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg); 5400 if (!eap->skip) 5401 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg, 5402 (int)(arg_end - next_arg)); 5403 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end); 5404 } 5405 else if (!eap->skip) 5406 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment"); 5407 } 5408 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0 5409 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0 5410 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0 5411 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0) 5412 { 5413 if (key[4] == 'S') 5414 arg_end = key + 6; 5415 else if (key[0] == 'L') 5416 arg_end = key + 11; 5417 else 5418 arg_end = key + 9; 5419 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end)) 5420 { 5421 illegal = TRUE; 5422 break; 5423 } 5424 n = getdigits(&arg_end); 5425 if (!eap->skip) 5426 { 5427 if (key[4] == 'B') 5428 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n; 5429 else if (key[1] == 'A') 5430 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n; 5431 else 5432 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n; 5433 } 5434 } 5435 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0) 5436 { 5437 if (!eap->skip) 5438 { 5439 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM; 5440 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0; 5441 } 5442 } 5443 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0) 5444 { 5445 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL) 5446 { 5447 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice")); 5448 finished = TRUE; 5449 break; 5450 } 5451 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL); 5452 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */ 5453 { 5454 illegal = TRUE; 5455 break; 5456 } 5457 5458 if (!eap->skip) 5459 { 5460 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */ 5461 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1, 5462 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL) 5463 { 5464 finished = TRUE; 5465 break; 5466 } 5467 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic; 5468 5469 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */ 5470 cpo_save = p_cpo; 5471 p_cpo = (char_u *)""; 5472 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = 5473 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC); 5474 p_cpo = cpo_save; 5475 5476 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL) 5477 { 5478 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat); 5479 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL; 5480 finished = TRUE; 5481 break; 5482 } 5483 } 5484 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1); 5485 } 5486 else 5487 { 5488 eap->arg = next_arg; 5489 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0) 5490 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE); 5491 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0) 5492 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE); 5493 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0) 5494 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE); 5495 else 5496 illegal = TRUE; 5497 finished = TRUE; 5498 break; 5499 } 5500 arg_start = next_arg; 5501 } 5502 vim_free(key); 5503 if (illegal) 5504 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start); 5505 else if (!finished) 5506 { 5507 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start); 5508 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); 5509 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */ 5510 } 5511 } 5512 5513 /* 5514 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers. 5515 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword. 5516 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name. 5517 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added). 5518 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success. 5519 */ 5520 static int 5521 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list) 5522 char_u **arg; 5523 int keylen; /* length of keyword */ 5524 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not 5525 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */ 5526 { 5527 char_u *p = NULL; 5528 char_u *end; 5529 int round; 5530 int count; 5531 int total_count = 0; 5532 short *retval = NULL; 5533 char_u *name; 5534 regmatch_T regmatch; 5535 int id; 5536 int i; 5537 int failed = FALSE; 5538 5539 /* 5540 * We parse the list twice: 5541 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array. 5542 * round == 2: fill the array with the items. 5543 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to 5544 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again. 5545 */ 5546 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round) 5547 { 5548 /* 5549 * skip "contains" 5550 */ 5551 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen); 5552 if (*p != '=') 5553 { 5554 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg); 5555 break; 5556 } 5557 p = skipwhite(p + 1); 5558 if (ends_excmd(*p)) 5559 { 5560 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg); 5561 break; 5562 } 5563 5564 /* 5565 * parse the arguments after "contains" 5566 */ 5567 count = 0; 5568 while (!ends_excmd(*p)) 5569 { 5570 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end) 5571 ; 5572 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */ 5573 if (name == NULL) 5574 { 5575 failed = TRUE; 5576 break; 5577 } 5578 vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p); 5579 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0 5580 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0 5581 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0 5582 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0) 5583 { 5584 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C') 5585 { 5586 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1); 5587 failed = TRUE; 5588 vim_free(name); 5589 break; 5590 } 5591 if (count != 0) 5592 { 5593 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1); 5594 failed = TRUE; 5595 vim_free(name); 5596 break; 5597 } 5598 if (name[1] == 'A') 5599 id = SYNID_ALLBUT; 5600 else if (name[1] == 'T') 5601 id = SYNID_TOP; 5602 else 5603 id = SYNID_CONTAINED; 5604 id += current_syn_inc_tag; 5605 } 5606 else if (name[1] == '@') 5607 { 5608 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1)); 5609 } 5610 else 5611 { 5612 /* 5613 * Handle full group name. 5614 */ 5615 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL) 5616 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p)); 5617 else 5618 { 5619 /* 5620 * Handle match of regexp with group names. 5621 */ 5622 *name = '^'; 5623 STRCAT(name, "$"); 5624 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC); 5625 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 5626 { 5627 failed = TRUE; 5628 vim_free(name); 5629 break; 5630 } 5631 5632 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; 5633 id = 0; 5634 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 5635 { 5636 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name, 5637 (colnr_T)0)) 5638 { 5639 if (round == 2) 5640 { 5641 /* Got more items than expected; can happen 5642 * when adding items that match: 5643 * "contains=a.*b,axb". 5644 * Go back to first round */ 5645 if (count >= total_count) 5646 { 5647 vim_free(retval); 5648 round = 1; 5649 } 5650 else 5651 retval[count] = i + 1; 5652 } 5653 ++count; 5654 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */ 5655 } 5656 } 5657 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); 5658 } 5659 } 5660 vim_free(name); 5661 if (id == 0) 5662 { 5663 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p); 5664 failed = TRUE; 5665 break; 5666 } 5667 if (id > 0) 5668 { 5669 if (round == 2) 5670 { 5671 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */ 5672 if (count >= total_count) 5673 { 5674 vim_free(retval); 5675 round = 1; 5676 } 5677 else 5678 retval[count] = id; 5679 } 5680 ++count; 5681 } 5682 p = skipwhite(end); 5683 if (*p != ',') 5684 break; 5685 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */ 5686 } 5687 if (failed) 5688 break; 5689 if (round == 1) 5690 { 5691 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short))); 5692 if (retval == NULL) 5693 break; 5694 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */ 5695 total_count = count; 5696 } 5697 } 5698 5699 *arg = p; 5700 if (failed || retval == NULL) 5701 { 5702 vim_free(retval); 5703 return FAIL; 5704 } 5705 5706 if (*list == NULL) 5707 *list = retval; 5708 else 5709 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */ 5710 5711 return OK; 5712 } 5713 5714 /* 5715 * Make a copy of an ID list. 5716 */ 5717 static short * 5718 copy_id_list(list) 5719 short *list; 5720 { 5721 int len; 5722 int count; 5723 short *retval; 5724 5725 if (list == NULL) 5726 return NULL; 5727 5728 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count) 5729 ; 5730 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short); 5731 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len); 5732 if (retval != NULL) 5733 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len); 5734 5735 return retval; 5736 } 5737 5738 /* 5739 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si". 5740 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list. 5741 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of 5742 * the current item. 5743 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!! 5744 */ 5745 static int 5746 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained) 5747 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */ 5748 short *list; /* id list */ 5749 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */ 5750 int contained; /* group id is contained */ 5751 { 5752 int retval; 5753 short *scl_list; 5754 short item; 5755 short id = ssp->id; 5756 static int depth = 0; 5757 int r; 5758 5759 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */ 5760 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL 5761 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH)) 5762 { 5763 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check 5764 * that we don't go back past the first one. */ 5765 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT) 5766 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data)) 5767 --cur_si; 5768 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */ 5769 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list, 5770 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn), 5771 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)) 5772 return TRUE; 5773 } 5774 5775 if (list == NULL) 5776 return FALSE; 5777 5778 /* 5779 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't 5780 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups. 5781 */ 5782 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL) 5783 return !contained; 5784 5785 /* 5786 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the 5787 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include" 5788 * level as the list. 5789 */ 5790 item = *list; 5791 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER) 5792 { 5793 if (item < SYNID_TOP) 5794 { 5795 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */ 5796 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag) 5797 return FALSE; 5798 } 5799 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED) 5800 { 5801 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */ 5802 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained) 5803 return FALSE; 5804 } 5805 else 5806 { 5807 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */ 5808 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained) 5809 return FALSE; 5810 } 5811 item = *++list; 5812 retval = FALSE; 5813 } 5814 else 5815 retval = TRUE; 5816 5817 /* 5818 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list. 5819 */ 5820 while (item != 0) 5821 { 5822 if (item == id) 5823 return retval; 5824 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER) 5825 { 5826 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list; 5827 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a 5828 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */ 5829 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30) 5830 { 5831 ++depth; 5832 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained); 5833 --depth; 5834 if (r) 5835 return retval; 5836 } 5837 } 5838 item = *++list; 5839 } 5840 return !retval; 5841 } 5842 5843 struct subcommand 5844 { 5845 char *name; /* subcommand name */ 5846 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */ 5847 }; 5848 5849 static struct subcommand subcommands[] = 5850 { 5851 {"case", syn_cmd_case}, 5852 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear}, 5853 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster}, 5854 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable}, 5855 {"include", syn_cmd_include}, 5856 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword}, 5857 {"list", syn_cmd_list}, 5858 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual}, 5859 {"match", syn_cmd_match}, 5860 {"on", syn_cmd_on}, 5861 {"off", syn_cmd_off}, 5862 {"region", syn_cmd_region}, 5863 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset}, 5864 {"spell", syn_cmd_spell}, 5865 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync}, 5866 {"", syn_cmd_list}, 5867 {NULL, NULL} 5868 }; 5869 5870 /* 5871 * ":syntax". 5872 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a 5873 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest. 5874 */ 5875 void 5876 ex_syntax(eap) 5877 exarg_T *eap; 5878 { 5879 char_u *arg = eap->arg; 5880 char_u *subcmd_end; 5881 char_u *subcmd_name; 5882 int i; 5883 5884 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep; 5885 5886 /* isolate subcommand name */ 5887 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end) 5888 ; 5889 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg)); 5890 if (subcmd_name != NULL) 5891 { 5892 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */ 5893 ++emsg_skip; 5894 for (i = 0; ; ++i) 5895 { 5896 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL) 5897 { 5898 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name); 5899 break; 5900 } 5901 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0) 5902 { 5903 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end); 5904 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE); 5905 break; 5906 } 5907 } 5908 vim_free(subcmd_name); 5909 if (eap->skip) 5910 --emsg_skip; 5911 } 5912 } 5913 5914 int 5915 syntax_present(buf) 5916 buf_T *buf; 5917 { 5918 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0 5919 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0 5920 || curbuf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0 5921 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0); 5922 } 5923 5924 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) 5925 5926 static enum 5927 { 5928 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */ 5929 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */ 5930 } expand_what; 5931 5932 5933 /* 5934 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command. 5935 */ 5936 void 5937 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg) 5938 expand_T *xp; 5939 char_u *arg; 5940 { 5941 char_u *p; 5942 5943 /* Default: expand subcommands */ 5944 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX; 5945 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; 5946 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 5947 include_link = FALSE; 5948 include_default = FALSE; 5949 5950 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */ 5951 if (*arg != NUL) 5952 { 5953 p = skiptowhite(arg); 5954 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */ 5955 { 5956 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); 5957 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL) 5958 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 5959 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0) 5960 expand_what = EXP_CASE; 5961 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0 5962 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0 5963 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0 5964 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0) 5965 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 5966 else 5967 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 5968 } 5969 } 5970 } 5971 5972 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL}; 5973 5974 /* 5975 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for 5976 * expansion. 5977 */ 5978 /*ARGSUSED*/ 5979 char_u * 5980 get_syntax_name(xp, idx) 5981 expand_T *xp; 5982 int idx; 5983 { 5984 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD) 5985 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name; 5986 return (char_u *)case_args[idx]; 5987 } 5988 5989 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 5990 5991 /* 5992 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position. 5993 */ 5994 int 5995 syn_get_id(lnum, col, trans, spellp) 5996 long lnum; 5997 colnr_T col; 5998 int trans; /* remove transparancy */ 5999 int *spellp; /* return: can do spell checking */ 6000 { 6001 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same 6002 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */ 6003 if (curwin->w_buffer != syn_buf 6004 || lnum != current_lnum 6005 || col < current_col) 6006 syntax_start(curwin, lnum); 6007 6008 (void)get_syntax_attr(col, spellp); 6009 6010 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id); 6011 } 6012 6013 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO) 6014 /* 6015 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp". 6016 */ 6017 int 6018 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum) 6019 win_T *wp; 6020 long lnum; 6021 { 6022 int level = 0; 6023 int i; 6024 6025 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */ 6026 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0) 6027 { 6028 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 6029 6030 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i) 6031 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD) 6032 ++level; 6033 } 6034 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn) 6035 level = wp->w_p_fdn; 6036 return level; 6037 } 6038 #endif 6039 6040 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */ 6041 6042 6043 /************************************** 6044 * Highlighting stuff * 6045 **************************************/ 6046 6047 /* 6048 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and 6049 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found. 6050 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim! 6051 */ 6052 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) = 6053 { 6054 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6055 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", 6056 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */ 6057 #endif 6058 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White", 6059 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse", 6060 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold", 6061 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue", 6062 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold", 6063 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse", 6064 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse", 6065 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold", 6066 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red", 6067 NULL 6068 }; 6069 6070 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) = 6071 { 6072 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue", 6073 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown", 6074 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen", 6075 "Normal gui=NONE", 6076 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen", 6077 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE", 6078 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl", 6079 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl", 6080 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl", 6081 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl", 6082 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue", 6083 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta", 6084 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red", 6085 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black", 6086 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue", 6087 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue", 6088 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue", 6089 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=LightGrey", 6090 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue", 6091 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta", 6092 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan", 6093 NULL 6094 }; 6095 6096 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) = 6097 { 6098 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan", 6099 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow", 6100 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen", 6101 "Normal gui=NONE", 6102 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green", 6103 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black", 6104 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan", 6105 "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl", 6106 "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl", 6107 "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl", 6108 "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl", 6109 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta", 6110 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red", 6111 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black", 6112 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan", 6113 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan", 6114 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan", 6115 "Visual term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey", 6116 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue", 6117 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta", 6118 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan", 6119 NULL 6120 }; 6121 6122 void 6123 init_highlight(both, reset) 6124 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */ 6125 int reset; /* clear group first */ 6126 { 6127 int i; 6128 char **pp; 6129 static int had_both = FALSE; 6130 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6131 char_u *p; 6132 6133 /* 6134 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded 6135 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed. 6136 */ 6137 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name"); 6138 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK) 6139 return; 6140 #endif 6141 6142 /* 6143 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors. 6144 */ 6145 if (both) 6146 { 6147 had_both = TRUE; 6148 pp = highlight_init_both; 6149 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i) 6150 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE); 6151 } 6152 else if (!had_both) 6153 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main(). 6154 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule 6155 * everything anyway. */ 6156 return; 6157 6158 if (*p_bg == 'l') 6159 pp = highlight_init_light; 6160 else 6161 pp = highlight_init_dark; 6162 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i) 6163 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE); 6164 6165 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 6166 /* 6167 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it. 6168 */ 6169 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL) 6170 { 6171 static int recursive = 0; 6172 6173 if (recursive >= 5) 6174 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim")); 6175 else 6176 { 6177 ++recursive; 6178 (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE); 6179 --recursive; 6180 } 6181 } 6182 #endif 6183 } 6184 6185 /* 6186 * Load color file "name". 6187 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure. 6188 */ 6189 int 6190 load_colors(name) 6191 char_u *name; 6192 { 6193 char_u *buf; 6194 int retval = FAIL; 6195 static int recursive = FALSE; 6196 6197 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting 6198 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is 6199 * working, thus we should return OK. */ 6200 if (recursive) 6201 return OK; 6202 6203 recursive = TRUE; 6204 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12)); 6205 if (buf != NULL) 6206 { 6207 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name); 6208 retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE); 6209 vim_free(buf); 6210 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 6211 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 6212 #endif 6213 } 6214 recursive = FALSE; 6215 6216 return retval; 6217 } 6218 6219 /* 6220 * Handle the ":highlight .." command. 6221 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with 6222 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE. 6223 */ 6224 void 6225 do_highlight(line, forceit, init) 6226 char_u *line; 6227 int forceit; 6228 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */ 6229 { 6230 char_u *name_end; 6231 char_u *p; 6232 char_u *linep; 6233 char_u *key_start; 6234 char_u *arg_start; 6235 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL; 6236 long i; 6237 int off; 6238 int len; 6239 int attr; 6240 int id; 6241 int idx; 6242 int dodefault = FALSE; 6243 int doclear = FALSE; 6244 int dolink = FALSE; 6245 int error = FALSE; 6246 int color; 6247 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */ 6248 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6249 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */ 6250 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */ 6251 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */ 6252 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */ 6253 #else 6254 # define is_menu_group 0 6255 # define is_tooltip_group 0 6256 #endif 6257 6258 /* 6259 * If no argument, list current highlighting. 6260 */ 6261 if (ends_excmd(*line)) 6262 { 6263 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i) 6264 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */ 6265 highlight_list_one((int)i); 6266 return; 6267 } 6268 6269 /* 6270 * Isolate the name. 6271 */ 6272 name_end = skiptowhite(line); 6273 linep = skipwhite(name_end); 6274 6275 /* 6276 * Check for "default" argument. 6277 */ 6278 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0) 6279 { 6280 dodefault = TRUE; 6281 line = linep; 6282 name_end = skiptowhite(line); 6283 linep = skipwhite(name_end); 6284 } 6285 6286 /* 6287 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument. 6288 */ 6289 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0) 6290 doclear = TRUE; 6291 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0) 6292 dolink = TRUE; 6293 6294 /* 6295 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group. 6296 */ 6297 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep)) 6298 { 6299 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line)); 6300 if (id == 0) 6301 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line); 6302 else 6303 highlight_list_one(id); 6304 return; 6305 } 6306 6307 /* 6308 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command. 6309 */ 6310 if (dolink) 6311 { 6312 char_u *from_start = linep; 6313 char_u *from_end; 6314 char_u *to_start; 6315 char_u *to_end; 6316 int from_id; 6317 int to_id; 6318 6319 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start); 6320 to_start = skipwhite(from_end); 6321 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start); 6322 6323 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start)) 6324 { 6325 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), 6326 from_start); 6327 return; 6328 } 6329 6330 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end))) 6331 { 6332 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start); 6333 return; 6334 } 6335 6336 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start)); 6337 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0) 6338 to_id = 0; 6339 else 6340 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start)); 6341 6342 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0)) 6343 { 6344 /* 6345 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting 6346 * for the group, unless '!' is used 6347 */ 6348 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init 6349 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault)) 6350 { 6351 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault) 6352 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored")); 6353 } 6354 else 6355 { 6356 if (!init) 6357 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK; 6358 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id; 6359 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6360 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID; 6361 #endif 6362 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 6363 } 6364 } 6365 6366 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */ 6367 need_highlight_changed = TRUE; 6368 6369 return; 6370 } 6371 6372 if (doclear) 6373 { 6374 /* 6375 * ":highlight clear [group]" command. 6376 */ 6377 line = linep; 6378 if (ends_excmd(*line)) 6379 { 6380 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6381 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new 6382 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values. 6383 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values 6384 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but 6385 * invalid because they were free'd. 6386 */ 6387 if (gui.in_use) 6388 { 6389 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP 6390 gui_init_tooltip_font(); 6391 # endif 6392 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF)) 6393 gui_init_menu_font(); 6394 # endif 6395 } 6396 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11) 6397 gui_mch_def_colors(); 6398 # endif 6399 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6400 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 6401 6402 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight 6403 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case. 6404 */ 6405 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); 6406 # endif 6407 if (gui.in_use) 6408 { 6409 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); 6410 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 6411 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); 6412 # endif 6413 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 6414 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); 6415 # endif 6416 } 6417 # endif 6418 6419 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items. 6420 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point. 6421 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data. 6422 */ 6423 #endif 6424 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6425 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE); 6426 #endif 6427 restore_cterm_colors(); 6428 6429 /* 6430 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults. 6431 */ 6432 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) 6433 highlight_clear(idx); 6434 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE); 6435 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6436 if (gui.in_use) 6437 highlight_gui_started(); 6438 #endif 6439 highlight_changed(); 6440 redraw_later_clear(); 6441 return; 6442 } 6443 name_end = skiptowhite(line); 6444 linep = skipwhite(name_end); 6445 } 6446 6447 /* 6448 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it. 6449 */ 6450 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line)); 6451 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */ 6452 return; 6453 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */ 6454 6455 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */ 6456 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE)) 6457 return; 6458 6459 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0) 6460 is_normal_group = TRUE; 6461 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6462 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0) 6463 is_menu_group = TRUE; 6464 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0) 6465 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE; 6466 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0) 6467 is_tooltip_group = TRUE; 6468 #endif 6469 6470 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */ 6471 if (doclear || (forceit && init)) 6472 { 6473 highlight_clear(idx); 6474 if (!doclear) 6475 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0; 6476 } 6477 6478 if (!doclear) 6479 while (!ends_excmd(*linep)) 6480 { 6481 key_start = linep; 6482 if (*linep == '=') 6483 { 6484 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start); 6485 error = TRUE; 6486 break; 6487 } 6488 6489 /* 6490 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or 6491 * "guibg"). 6492 */ 6493 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=') 6494 ++linep; 6495 vim_free(key); 6496 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start)); 6497 if (key == NULL) 6498 { 6499 error = TRUE; 6500 break; 6501 } 6502 linep = skipwhite(linep); 6503 6504 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0) 6505 { 6506 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0) 6507 { 6508 if (!init) 6509 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI; 6510 highlight_clear(idx); 6511 } 6512 continue; 6513 } 6514 6515 /* 6516 * Check for the equal sign. 6517 */ 6518 if (*linep != '=') 6519 { 6520 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start); 6521 error = TRUE; 6522 break; 6523 } 6524 ++linep; 6525 6526 /* 6527 * Isolate the argument. 6528 */ 6529 linep = skipwhite(linep); 6530 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */ 6531 { 6532 arg_start = ++linep; 6533 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\''); 6534 if (linep == NULL) 6535 { 6536 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start); 6537 error = TRUE; 6538 break; 6539 } 6540 } 6541 else 6542 { 6543 arg_start = linep; 6544 linep = skiptowhite(linep); 6545 } 6546 if (linep == arg_start) 6547 { 6548 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start); 6549 error = TRUE; 6550 break; 6551 } 6552 vim_free(arg); 6553 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start)); 6554 if (arg == NULL) 6555 { 6556 error = TRUE; 6557 break; 6558 } 6559 if (*linep == '\'') 6560 ++linep; 6561 6562 /* 6563 * Store the argument. 6564 */ 6565 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0 6566 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0 6567 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0) 6568 { 6569 attr = 0; 6570 off = 0; 6571 while (arg[off] != NUL) 6572 { 6573 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; ) 6574 { 6575 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]); 6576 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0) 6577 { 6578 attr |= hl_attr_table[i]; 6579 off += len; 6580 break; 6581 } 6582 } 6583 if (i < 0) 6584 { 6585 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg); 6586 error = TRUE; 6587 break; 6588 } 6589 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */ 6590 ++off; 6591 } 6592 if (error) 6593 break; 6594 if (*key == 'T') 6595 { 6596 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM)) 6597 { 6598 if (!init) 6599 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM; 6600 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr; 6601 } 6602 } 6603 else if (*key == 'C') 6604 { 6605 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM)) 6606 { 6607 if (!init) 6608 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM; 6609 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr; 6610 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; 6611 } 6612 } 6613 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6614 else 6615 { 6616 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 6617 { 6618 if (!init) 6619 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 6620 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr; 6621 } 6622 } 6623 #endif 6624 } 6625 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0) 6626 { 6627 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */ 6628 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6629 if (!gui.shell_created) 6630 { 6631 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */ 6632 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 6633 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6634 } 6635 else 6636 { 6637 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font; 6638 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 6639 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 6640 # endif 6641 /* First, save the current font/fontset. 6642 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset. 6643 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR 6644 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively. 6645 */ 6646 6647 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; 6648 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 6649 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; 6650 # endif 6651 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group, 6652 is_tooltip_group); 6653 6654 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 6655 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET) 6656 { 6657 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was 6658 * one. 6659 */ 6660 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset); 6661 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 6662 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6663 } 6664 else 6665 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset; 6666 # endif 6667 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT) 6668 { 6669 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was 6670 * one. 6671 */ 6672 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font); 6673 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 6674 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6675 } 6676 else 6677 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font; 6678 } 6679 #endif 6680 } 6681 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0) 6682 { 6683 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM)) 6684 { 6685 if (!init) 6686 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM; 6687 6688 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold" 6689 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */ 6690 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold) 6691 { 6692 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD; 6693 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; 6694 } 6695 6696 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) 6697 color = atoi((char *)arg); 6698 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0) 6699 { 6700 if (cterm_normal_fg_color) 6701 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1; 6702 else 6703 { 6704 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown")); 6705 error = TRUE; 6706 break; 6707 } 6708 } 6709 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0) 6710 { 6711 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 6712 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1; 6713 else 6714 { 6715 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown")); 6716 error = TRUE; 6717 break; 6718 } 6719 } 6720 else 6721 { 6722 static char *(color_names[28]) = { 6723 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan", 6724 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow", 6725 "Gray", "Grey", 6726 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey", 6727 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen", 6728 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta", 6729 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"}; 6730 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3, 6731 4, 5, 6, 6, 6732 7, 7, 6733 7, 7, 8, 8, 6734 9, 9, 10, 10, 6735 11, 11, 12, 12, 13, 6736 13, 14, 14, 15, -1}; 6737 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */ 6738 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, 6739 1, 5, 32, 72, 6740 84, 84, 6741 7, 7, 82, 82, 6742 12, 43, 10, 61, 6743 14, 63, 9, 74, 13, 6744 75, 11, 78, 15, -1}; 6745 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */ 6746 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, 6747 1, 5, 130, 130, 6748 248, 248, 6749 7, 7, 242, 242, 6750 12, 81, 10, 121, 6751 14, 159, 9, 224, 13, 6752 225, 11, 229, 15, -1}; 6753 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */ 6754 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6, 6755 1, 5, 3, 3, 6756 7, 7, 6757 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8, 6758 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8, 6759 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8, 6760 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1}; 6761 #if defined(__QNXNTO__) 6762 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8; 6763 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */ 6764 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0) 6765 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16; 6766 #endif 6767 6768 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */ 6769 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg); 6770 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) 6771 if (off == color_names[i][0] 6772 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0) 6773 break; 6774 if (i < 0) 6775 { 6776 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start); 6777 error = TRUE; 6778 break; 6779 } 6780 6781 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */ 6782 color = color_numbers_16[i]; 6783 if (color >= 0) 6784 { 6785 if (t_colors == 8) 6786 { 6787 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */ 6788 #if defined(__QNXNTO__) 6789 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i]; 6790 #else 6791 color = color_numbers_8[i]; 6792 #endif 6793 if (key[5] == 'F') 6794 { 6795 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground 6796 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */ 6797 if (color & 8) 6798 { 6799 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD; 6800 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE; 6801 } 6802 else 6803 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD; 6804 } 6805 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */ 6806 } 6807 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88 6808 || t_colors == 256) 6809 { 6810 /* 6811 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is 6812 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed 6813 * order for colors. 6814 */ 6815 if (*T_CAF != NUL) 6816 p = T_CAF; 6817 else 6818 p = T_CSF; 6819 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm') 6820 switch (t_colors) 6821 { 6822 case 16: 6823 color = color_numbers_8[i]; 6824 break; 6825 case 88: 6826 color = color_numbers_88[i]; 6827 break; 6828 case 256: 6829 color = color_numbers_256[i]; 6830 break; 6831 } 6832 } 6833 } 6834 } 6835 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */ 6836 if (key[5] == 'F') 6837 { 6838 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1; 6839 if (is_normal_group) 6840 { 6841 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1; 6842 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD); 6843 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6844 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */ 6845 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting) 6846 #endif 6847 { 6848 must_redraw = CLEAR; 6849 if (termcap_active) 6850 term_fg_color(color); 6851 } 6852 } 6853 } 6854 else 6855 { 6856 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1; 6857 if (is_normal_group) 6858 { 6859 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1; 6860 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6861 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */ 6862 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting) 6863 #endif 6864 { 6865 must_redraw = CLEAR; 6866 if (termcap_active) 6867 term_bg_color(color); 6868 if (t_colors < 16) 6869 i = (color == 0 || color == 4); 6870 else 6871 i = (color < 7 || color == 8); 6872 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */ 6873 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd')) 6874 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L, 6875 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0); 6876 } 6877 } 6878 } 6879 } 6880 } 6881 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0) 6882 { 6883 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */ 6884 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 6885 { 6886 if (!init) 6887 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 6888 6889 i = color_name2handle(arg); 6890 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) 6891 { 6892 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i; 6893 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); 6894 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE")) 6895 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6896 else 6897 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL; 6898 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6899 if (is_menu_group) 6900 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i; 6901 if (is_scrollbar_group) 6902 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i; 6903 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 6904 if (is_tooltip_group) 6905 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i; 6906 # endif 6907 do_colors = TRUE; 6908 # endif 6909 } 6910 } 6911 #endif 6912 } 6913 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0) 6914 { 6915 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */ 6916 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 6917 { 6918 if (!init) 6919 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 6920 6921 i = color_name2handle(arg); 6922 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) 6923 { 6924 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i; 6925 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); 6926 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0) 6927 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6928 else 6929 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL; 6930 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 6931 if (is_menu_group) 6932 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i; 6933 if (is_scrollbar_group) 6934 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i; 6935 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 6936 if (is_tooltip_group) 6937 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i; 6938 # endif 6939 do_colors = TRUE; 6940 # endif 6941 } 6942 } 6943 #endif 6944 } 6945 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0) 6946 { 6947 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guisp colors are simply ignored */ 6948 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI)) 6949 { 6950 if (!init) 6951 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI; 6952 6953 i = color_name2handle(arg); 6954 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use) 6955 { 6956 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i; 6957 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name); 6958 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0) 6959 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg); 6960 else 6961 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL; 6962 } 6963 } 6964 #endif 6965 } 6966 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0) 6967 { 6968 char_u buf[100]; 6969 char_u *tname; 6970 6971 if (!init) 6972 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM; 6973 6974 /* 6975 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape 6976 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes. 6977 */ 6978 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0) 6979 { 6980 off = 0; 6981 buf[0] = 0; 6982 while (arg[off] != NUL) 6983 { 6984 /* Isolate one termcap name */ 6985 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] && 6986 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len) 6987 ; 6988 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len); 6989 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */ 6990 { 6991 error = TRUE; 6992 break; 6993 } 6994 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */ 6995 p = get_term_code(tname); 6996 vim_free(tname); 6997 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */ 6998 p = (char_u *)""; 6999 7000 /* Append it to the already found stuff */ 7001 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99) 7002 { 7003 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg); 7004 error = TRUE; 7005 break; 7006 } 7007 STRCAT(buf, p); 7008 7009 /* Advance to the next item */ 7010 off += len; 7011 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */ 7012 ++off; 7013 } 7014 } 7015 else 7016 { 7017 /* 7018 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes. 7019 */ 7020 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; ) 7021 { 7022 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE); 7023 if (len) /* recognized special char */ 7024 off += len; 7025 else /* copy as normal char */ 7026 buf[off++] = *p++; 7027 } 7028 buf[off] = NUL; 7029 } 7030 if (error) 7031 break; 7032 7033 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */ 7034 p = NULL; 7035 else 7036 p = vim_strsave(buf); 7037 if (key[2] == 'A') 7038 { 7039 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start); 7040 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p; 7041 } 7042 else 7043 { 7044 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop); 7045 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p; 7046 } 7047 } 7048 else 7049 { 7050 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start); 7051 error = TRUE; 7052 break; 7053 } 7054 7055 /* 7056 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it. 7057 */ 7058 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)) 7059 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0; 7060 7061 /* 7062 * Continue with next argument. 7063 */ 7064 linep = skipwhite(linep); 7065 } 7066 7067 /* 7068 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table. 7069 */ 7070 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len) 7071 syn_unadd_group(); 7072 else 7073 { 7074 if (is_normal_group) 7075 { 7076 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0; 7077 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0; 7078 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7079 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0; 7080 /* 7081 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg" 7082 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now. 7083 */ 7084 if (gui.in_use) 7085 highlight_gui_started(); 7086 #endif 7087 } 7088 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 7089 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 7090 else if (is_menu_group) 7091 { 7092 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) 7093 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); 7094 } 7095 # endif 7096 else if (is_scrollbar_group) 7097 { 7098 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) 7099 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); 7100 } 7101 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 7102 else if (is_tooltip_group) 7103 { 7104 if (gui.in_use && do_colors) 7105 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); 7106 } 7107 # endif 7108 #endif 7109 else 7110 set_hl_attr(idx); 7111 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7112 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID; 7113 #endif 7114 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 7115 } 7116 vim_free(key); 7117 vim_free(arg); 7118 7119 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */ 7120 need_highlight_changed = TRUE; 7121 } 7122 7123 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 7124 void 7125 free_highlight() 7126 { 7127 int i; 7128 7129 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i) 7130 { 7131 highlight_clear(i); 7132 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name); 7133 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u); 7134 } 7135 ga_clear(&highlight_ga); 7136 } 7137 #endif 7138 7139 /* 7140 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if 7141 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero. 7142 */ 7143 void 7144 restore_cterm_colors() 7145 { 7146 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32)) 7147 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user 7148 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default 7149 * background/foreground colors. */ 7150 mch_set_normal_colors(); 7151 #else 7152 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0; 7153 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0; 7154 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0; 7155 #endif 7156 } 7157 7158 /* 7159 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings. 7160 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link. 7161 */ 7162 static int 7163 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link) 7164 int idx; 7165 int check_link; 7166 { 7167 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0 7168 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0 7169 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7170 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0 7171 #endif 7172 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))); 7173 } 7174 7175 /* 7176 * Clear highlighting for one group. 7177 */ 7178 static void 7179 highlight_clear(idx) 7180 int idx; 7181 { 7182 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0; 7183 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start); 7184 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL; 7185 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop); 7186 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL; 7187 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0; 7188 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0; 7189 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE; 7190 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0; 7191 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0; 7192 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0; 7193 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */ 7194 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0; 7195 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR; 7196 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); 7197 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL; 7198 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR; 7199 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); 7200 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL; 7201 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR; 7202 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name); 7203 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL; 7204 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); 7205 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; 7206 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7207 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); 7208 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; 7209 # endif 7210 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name); 7211 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL; 7212 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0; 7213 #endif 7214 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7215 /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not 7216 * cleared. */ 7217 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0) 7218 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0; 7219 #endif 7220 } 7221 7222 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 7223 /* 7224 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal" 7225 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and 7226 * "Tooltip" colors. 7227 */ 7228 void 7229 set_normal_colors() 7230 { 7231 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal", 7232 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel, 7233 FALSE, TRUE, FALSE)) 7234 { 7235 gui_mch_new_colors(); 7236 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7237 } 7238 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11 7239 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu", 7240 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel, 7241 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE)) 7242 { 7243 # ifdef FEAT_MENU 7244 gui_mch_new_menu_colors(); 7245 # endif 7246 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7247 } 7248 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 7249 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip", 7250 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel, 7251 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) 7252 { 7253 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR 7254 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors(); 7255 # endif 7256 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7257 } 7258 #endif 7259 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar", 7260 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel, 7261 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE)) 7262 { 7263 gui_new_scrollbar_colors(); 7264 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7265 } 7266 #endif 7267 } 7268 7269 /* 7270 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar". 7271 */ 7272 static int 7273 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip) 7274 char_u *name; 7275 guicolor_T *fgp; 7276 guicolor_T *bgp; 7277 int do_menu; 7278 int use_norm; 7279 int do_tooltip; 7280 { 7281 int idx; 7282 7283 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1; 7284 if (idx >= 0) 7285 { 7286 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip); 7287 7288 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR) 7289 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg; 7290 else if (use_norm) 7291 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel; 7292 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR) 7293 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg; 7294 else if (use_norm) 7295 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel; 7296 return TRUE; 7297 } 7298 return FALSE; 7299 } 7300 7301 /* 7302 * Get the font of the "Normal" group. 7303 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set. 7304 */ 7305 char_u * 7306 hl_get_font_name() 7307 { 7308 int id; 7309 char_u *s; 7310 7311 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 7312 if (id > 0) 7313 { 7314 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name; 7315 if (s != NULL) 7316 return s; 7317 } 7318 return (char_u *)""; 7319 } 7320 7321 /* 7322 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has 7323 * actually chosen to be used. 7324 */ 7325 void 7326 hl_set_font_name(font_name) 7327 char_u *font_name; 7328 { 7329 int id; 7330 7331 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 7332 if (id > 0) 7333 { 7334 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name); 7335 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name); 7336 } 7337 } 7338 7339 /* 7340 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color() 7341 * when the color is known. 7342 */ 7343 void 7344 hl_set_bg_color_name(name) 7345 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */ 7346 { 7347 int id; 7348 7349 if (name != NULL) 7350 { 7351 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 7352 if (id > 0) 7353 { 7354 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name); 7355 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name; 7356 } 7357 } 7358 } 7359 7360 /* 7361 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color() 7362 * when the color is known. 7363 */ 7364 void 7365 hl_set_fg_color_name(name) 7366 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */ 7367 { 7368 int id; 7369 7370 if (name != NULL) 7371 { 7372 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal"); 7373 if (id > 0) 7374 { 7375 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name); 7376 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name; 7377 } 7378 } 7379 } 7380 7381 /* 7382 * Return the handle for a color name. 7383 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed. 7384 */ 7385 static guicolor_T 7386 color_name2handle(name) 7387 char_u *name; 7388 { 7389 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) 7390 return INVALCOLOR; 7391 7392 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0) 7393 return gui.norm_pixel; 7394 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0) 7395 return gui.back_pixel; 7396 7397 return gui_get_color(name); 7398 } 7399 7400 /* 7401 * Return the handle for a font name. 7402 * Returns NOFONT when failed. 7403 */ 7404 static GuiFont 7405 font_name2handle(name) 7406 char_u *name; 7407 { 7408 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) 7409 return NOFONT; 7410 7411 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE); 7412 } 7413 7414 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7415 /* 7416 * Return the handle for a fontset name. 7417 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed. 7418 */ 7419 static GuiFontset 7420 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width) 7421 char_u *name; 7422 int fixed_width; 7423 { 7424 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0) 7425 return NOFONTSET; 7426 7427 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width); 7428 } 7429 # endif 7430 7431 /* 7432 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group. 7433 */ 7434 /*ARGSUSED*/ 7435 static void 7436 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip) 7437 int idx; 7438 char_u *arg; 7439 int do_normal; /* set normal font */ 7440 int do_menu; /* set menu font */ 7441 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */ 7442 { 7443 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7444 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a 7445 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */ 7446 if (*p_guifontset != NUL 7447 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS 7448 || do_menu 7449 # endif 7450 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP 7451 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */ 7452 || do_tooltip 7453 # endif 7454 ) 7455 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0 7456 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS 7457 || do_menu 7458 # endif 7459 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP 7460 || do_tooltip 7461 # endif 7462 ); 7463 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET) 7464 { 7465 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the 7466 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */ 7467 if (do_normal) 7468 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE); 7469 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU) 7470 if (do_menu) 7471 { 7472 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS 7473 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 7474 # else 7475 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */ 7476 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 7477 # endif 7478 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); 7479 } 7480 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL 7481 if (do_tooltip) 7482 { 7483 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between 7484 * displaying a single font and a fontset. 7485 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget 7486 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an 7487 * XFontStruct is used. 7488 */ 7489 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset; 7490 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font(); 7491 } 7492 # endif 7493 # endif 7494 } 7495 else 7496 # endif 7497 { 7498 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg); 7499 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the 7500 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */ 7501 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT) 7502 { 7503 if (do_normal) 7504 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE); 7505 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS 7506 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU) 7507 if (do_menu) 7508 { 7509 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font; 7510 gui_mch_new_menu_font(); 7511 } 7512 # endif 7513 #endif 7514 } 7515 } 7516 } 7517 7518 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ 7519 7520 /* 7521 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number. 7522 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the 7523 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer. 7524 */ 7525 static garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 7526 7527 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] 7528 7529 static garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 7530 7531 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] 7532 7533 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7534 static garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL}; 7535 7536 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx] 7537 #endif 7538 7539 /* 7540 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font. 7541 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table 7542 * if the combination is new. 7543 * Return 0 for error (no more room). 7544 */ 7545 static int 7546 get_attr_entry(table, aep) 7547 garray_T *table; 7548 attrentry_T *aep; 7549 { 7550 int i; 7551 attrentry_T *taep; 7552 static int recursive = FALSE; 7553 7554 /* 7555 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet. 7556 */ 7557 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T); 7558 table->ga_growsize = 7; 7559 7560 /* 7561 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications. 7562 */ 7563 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i) 7564 { 7565 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]); 7566 if ( aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr 7567 && ( 7568 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7569 (table == &gui_attr_table 7570 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color 7571 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color 7572 == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color 7573 && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color 7574 == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color 7575 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font 7576 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7577 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset 7578 # endif 7579 )) 7580 || 7581 #endif 7582 (table == &term_attr_table 7583 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) 7584 == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) 7585 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL 7586 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start, 7587 taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0) 7588 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) 7589 == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) 7590 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL 7591 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, 7592 taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0)) 7593 || (table == &cterm_attr_table 7594 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 7595 == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color 7596 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color 7597 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 7598 )) 7599 7600 return i + ATTR_OFF; 7601 } 7602 7603 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR) 7604 { 7605 /* 7606 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and 7607 * compute new ones for all groups. 7608 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers. 7609 */ 7610 if (recursive) 7611 { 7612 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use")); 7613 return 0; 7614 } 7615 recursive = TRUE; 7616 7617 clear_hl_tables(); 7618 7619 must_redraw = CLEAR; 7620 7621 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i) 7622 set_hl_attr(i); 7623 7624 recursive = FALSE; 7625 } 7626 7627 /* 7628 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry. 7629 */ 7630 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL) 7631 return 0; 7632 7633 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]); 7634 vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T)); 7635 taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr; 7636 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7637 if (table == &gui_attr_table) 7638 { 7639 taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color; 7640 taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color; 7641 taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color; 7642 taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font; 7643 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7644 taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset; 7645 # endif 7646 } 7647 #endif 7648 if (table == &term_attr_table) 7649 { 7650 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) 7651 taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL; 7652 else 7653 taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start); 7654 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) 7655 taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL; 7656 else 7657 taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 7658 } 7659 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table) 7660 { 7661 taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color; 7662 taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color; 7663 } 7664 ++table->ga_len; 7665 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF); 7666 } 7667 7668 /* 7669 * Clear all highlight tables. 7670 */ 7671 void 7672 clear_hl_tables() 7673 { 7674 int i; 7675 attrentry_T *taep; 7676 7677 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7678 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table); 7679 #endif 7680 for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i) 7681 { 7682 taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]); 7683 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start); 7684 vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop); 7685 } 7686 ga_clear(&term_attr_table); 7687 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table); 7688 } 7689 7690 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO) 7691 /* 7692 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes 7693 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting). 7694 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr". 7695 * This creates a new group when required. 7696 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the 7697 * result. 7698 * Return the resulting attributes. 7699 */ 7700 int 7701 hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr) 7702 int char_attr; 7703 int prim_attr; 7704 { 7705 attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL; 7706 attrentry_T *spell_aep; 7707 attrentry_T new_en; 7708 7709 if (char_attr == 0) 7710 return prim_attr; 7711 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL) 7712 return char_attr | prim_attr; 7713 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7714 if (gui.in_use) 7715 { 7716 if (char_attr > HL_ALL) 7717 char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr); 7718 if (char_aep != NULL) 7719 new_en = *char_aep; 7720 else 7721 { 7722 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en)); 7723 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL) 7724 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr; 7725 } 7726 7727 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL) 7728 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr; 7729 else 7730 { 7731 spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr); 7732 if (spell_aep != NULL) 7733 { 7734 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr; 7735 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR) 7736 new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color; 7737 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR) 7738 new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color; 7739 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR) 7740 new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color; 7741 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT) 7742 new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font; 7743 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 7744 if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET) 7745 new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset; 7746 # endif 7747 } 7748 } 7749 return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en); 7750 } 7751 #endif 7752 7753 if (t_colors > 1) 7754 { 7755 if (char_attr > HL_ALL) 7756 char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr); 7757 if (char_aep != NULL) 7758 new_en = *char_aep; 7759 else 7760 { 7761 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en)); 7762 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL) 7763 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr; 7764 } 7765 7766 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL) 7767 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr; 7768 else 7769 { 7770 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr); 7771 if (spell_aep != NULL) 7772 { 7773 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr; 7774 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0) 7775 new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color; 7776 if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0) 7777 new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color; 7778 } 7779 } 7780 return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en); 7781 } 7782 7783 if (char_attr > HL_ALL) 7784 char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr); 7785 if (char_aep != NULL) 7786 new_en = *char_aep; 7787 else 7788 { 7789 vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en)); 7790 if (char_attr <= HL_ALL) 7791 new_en.ae_attr = char_attr; 7792 } 7793 7794 if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL) 7795 new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr; 7796 else 7797 { 7798 spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr); 7799 if (spell_aep != NULL) 7800 { 7801 new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr; 7802 if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 7803 { 7804 new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start; 7805 new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop; 7806 } 7807 } 7808 } 7809 return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en); 7810 } 7811 #endif 7812 7813 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7814 7815 attrentry_T * 7816 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr) 7817 int attr; 7818 { 7819 attr -= ATTR_OFF; 7820 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7821 return NULL; 7822 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); 7823 } 7824 7825 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */ 7826 7827 attrentry_T * 7828 syn_term_attr2entry(attr) 7829 int attr; 7830 { 7831 attr -= ATTR_OFF; 7832 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7833 return NULL; 7834 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); 7835 } 7836 7837 attrentry_T * 7838 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr) 7839 int attr; 7840 { 7841 attr -= ATTR_OFF; 7842 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7843 return NULL; 7844 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr)); 7845 } 7846 7847 #define LIST_ATTR 1 7848 #define LIST_STRING 2 7849 #define LIST_INT 3 7850 7851 static void 7852 highlight_list_one(id) 7853 int id; 7854 { 7855 struct hl_group *sgp; 7856 int didh = FALSE; 7857 7858 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 7859 7860 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, 7861 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term"); 7862 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7863 0, sgp->sg_start, "start"); 7864 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7865 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop"); 7866 7867 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, 7868 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm"); 7869 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT, 7870 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg"); 7871 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT, 7872 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg"); 7873 7874 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7875 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR, 7876 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui"); 7877 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7878 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg"); 7879 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7880 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg"); 7881 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7882 0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp"); 7883 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 7884 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font"); 7885 #endif 7886 7887 if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int) 7888 { 7889 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id); 7890 didh = TRUE; 7891 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D)); 7892 msg_putchar(' '); 7893 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name); 7894 } 7895 7896 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7897 if (didh && p_verbose > 0) 7898 last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID); 7899 #endif 7900 } 7901 7902 static int 7903 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name) 7904 int id; 7905 int didh; 7906 int type; 7907 int iarg; 7908 char_u *sarg; 7909 char *name; 7910 { 7911 char_u buf[100]; 7912 char_u *ts; 7913 int i; 7914 7915 if (got_int) 7916 return FALSE; 7917 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0)) 7918 { 7919 ts = buf; 7920 if (type == LIST_INT) 7921 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1); 7922 else if (type == LIST_STRING) 7923 ts = sarg; 7924 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */ 7925 { 7926 buf[0] = NUL; 7927 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i) 7928 { 7929 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i]) 7930 { 7931 if (buf[0] != NUL) 7932 STRCAT(buf, ","); 7933 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]); 7934 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */ 7935 } 7936 } 7937 } 7938 7939 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 7940 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id); 7941 didh = TRUE; 7942 if (!got_int) 7943 { 7944 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D)); 7945 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D)); 7946 msg_outtrans(ts); 7947 } 7948 } 7949 return didh; 7950 } 7951 7952 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO) 7953 /* 7954 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag". 7955 * Return NULL otherwise. 7956 */ 7957 char_u * 7958 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec) 7959 int id; 7960 int flag; 7961 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */ 7962 { 7963 int attr; 7964 7965 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) 7966 return NULL; 7967 7968 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7969 if (modec == 'g') 7970 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui; 7971 else 7972 #endif 7973 if (modec == 'c') 7974 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm; 7975 else 7976 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term; 7977 7978 if (attr & flag) 7979 return (char_u *)"1"; 7980 return NULL; 7981 } 7982 #endif 7983 7984 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO) 7985 /* 7986 * Return color name of highlight group "id". 7987 */ 7988 char_u * 7989 highlight_color(id, what, modec) 7990 int id; 7991 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */ 7992 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */ 7993 { 7994 static char_u name[20]; 7995 int n; 7996 int fg = FALSE; 7997 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7998 int sp = FALSE; 7999 # endif 8000 8001 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) 8002 return NULL; 8003 8004 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f') 8005 fg = TRUE; 8006 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8007 else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's') 8008 sp = TRUE; 8009 if (modec == 'g') 8010 { 8011 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */ 8012 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#') 8013 { 8014 guicolor_T color; 8015 long_u rgb; 8016 static char_u buf[10]; 8017 8018 if (fg) 8019 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; 8020 else if (sp) 8021 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp; 8022 else 8023 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; 8024 if (color == INVALCOLOR) 8025 return NULL; 8026 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color); 8027 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x", 8028 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16), 8029 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255, 8030 (unsigned)rgb & 255); 8031 return buf; 8032 } 8033 if (fg) 8034 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name); 8035 if (sp) 8036 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name); 8037 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name); 8038 } 8039 # endif 8040 if (modec == 'c') 8041 { 8042 if (fg) 8043 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1; 8044 else 8045 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1; 8046 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n); 8047 return name; 8048 } 8049 /* term doesn't have color */ 8050 return NULL; 8051 } 8052 #endif 8053 8054 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \ 8055 || defined(PROTO) 8056 /* 8057 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value. 8058 */ 8059 long_u 8060 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg) 8061 int id; 8062 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */ 8063 { 8064 guicolor_T color; 8065 8066 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len) 8067 return 0L; 8068 8069 if (fg) 8070 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; 8071 else 8072 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; 8073 8074 if (color == INVALCOLOR) 8075 return 0L; 8076 8077 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color); 8078 } 8079 #endif 8080 8081 /* 8082 * Output the syntax list header. 8083 * Return TRUE when started a new line. 8084 */ 8085 static int 8086 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id) 8087 int did_header; /* did header already */ 8088 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */ 8089 int id; /* highlight group id */ 8090 { 8091 int endcol = 19; 8092 int newline = TRUE; 8093 8094 if (!did_header) 8095 { 8096 msg_putchar('\n'); 8097 if (got_int) 8098 return TRUE; 8099 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name); 8100 endcol = 15; 8101 } 8102 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns) 8103 { 8104 msg_putchar('\n'); 8105 if (got_int) 8106 return TRUE; 8107 } 8108 else 8109 { 8110 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */ 8111 newline = FALSE; 8112 } 8113 8114 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */ 8115 endcol = msg_col + 1; 8116 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */ 8117 endcol = Columns - 1; 8118 8119 msg_advance(endcol); 8120 8121 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */ 8122 if (!did_header) 8123 { 8124 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id)); 8125 msg_putchar(' '); 8126 } 8127 8128 return newline; 8129 } 8130 8131 /* 8132 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group. 8133 * Called after one of the attributes has changed. 8134 */ 8135 static void 8136 set_hl_attr(idx) 8137 int idx; /* index in array */ 8138 { 8139 attrentry_T at_en; 8140 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx; 8141 8142 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */ 8143 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0) 8144 return; 8145 8146 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8147 /* 8148 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting 8149 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number. 8150 */ 8151 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR 8152 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR 8153 && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR 8154 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT 8155 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8156 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET 8157 # endif 8158 ) 8159 { 8160 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui; 8161 } 8162 else 8163 { 8164 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui; 8165 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg; 8166 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg; 8167 at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp; 8168 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font; 8169 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8170 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset; 8171 # endif 8172 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en); 8173 } 8174 #endif 8175 /* 8176 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting 8177 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number. 8178 */ 8179 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL) 8180 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term; 8181 else 8182 { 8183 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term; 8184 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start; 8185 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop; 8186 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en); 8187 } 8188 8189 /* 8190 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal" 8191 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number. 8192 */ 8193 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0) 8194 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm; 8195 else 8196 { 8197 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm; 8198 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg; 8199 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg; 8200 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en); 8201 } 8202 } 8203 8204 /* 8205 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID. 8206 * If it is not found, 0 is returned. 8207 */ 8208 int 8209 syn_name2id(name) 8210 char_u *name; 8211 { 8212 int i; 8213 char_u name_u[200]; 8214 8215 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */ 8216 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars 8217 * don't deserve to be found! */ 8218 vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199); 8219 vim_strup(name_u); 8220 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; ) 8221 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL 8222 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0) 8223 break; 8224 return i + 1; 8225 } 8226 8227 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 8228 /* 8229 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists. 8230 */ 8231 int 8232 highlight_exists(name) 8233 char_u *name; 8234 { 8235 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0); 8236 } 8237 #endif 8238 8239 /* 8240 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument. 8241 */ 8242 int 8243 syn_namen2id(linep, len) 8244 char_u *linep; 8245 int len; 8246 { 8247 char_u *name; 8248 int id = 0; 8249 8250 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len); 8251 if (name != NULL) 8252 { 8253 id = syn_name2id(name); 8254 vim_free(name); 8255 } 8256 return id; 8257 } 8258 8259 /* 8260 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID. 8261 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name. 8262 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created. 8263 * Return 0 for failure. 8264 */ 8265 int 8266 syn_check_group(pp, len) 8267 char_u *pp; 8268 int len; 8269 { 8270 int id; 8271 char_u *name; 8272 8273 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len); 8274 if (name == NULL) 8275 return 0; 8276 8277 id = syn_name2id(name); 8278 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */ 8279 id = syn_add_group(name); 8280 else 8281 vim_free(name); 8282 return id; 8283 } 8284 8285 /* 8286 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID. 8287 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed. 8288 * Return 0 for failure. 8289 */ 8290 static int 8291 syn_add_group(name) 8292 char_u *name; 8293 { 8294 char_u *p; 8295 8296 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */ 8297 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p) 8298 { 8299 if (!vim_isprintc(*p)) 8300 { 8301 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name")); 8302 return 0; 8303 } 8304 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_') 8305 { 8306 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only 8307 * give a warning. */ 8308 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W)); 8309 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name")); 8310 break; 8311 } 8312 } 8313 8314 /* 8315 * First call for this growarray: init growing array. 8316 */ 8317 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL) 8318 { 8319 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group); 8320 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10; 8321 } 8322 8323 /* 8324 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry. 8325 */ 8326 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL) 8327 { 8328 vim_free(name); 8329 return 0; 8330 } 8331 8332 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); 8333 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name; 8334 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name); 8335 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8336 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR; 8337 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR; 8338 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR; 8339 #endif 8340 ++highlight_ga.ga_len; 8341 8342 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */ 8343 } 8344 8345 /* 8346 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this 8347 * function deletes the new name. 8348 */ 8349 static void 8350 syn_unadd_group() 8351 { 8352 --highlight_ga.ga_len; 8353 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name); 8354 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u); 8355 } 8356 8357 /* 8358 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes. 8359 */ 8360 int 8361 syn_id2attr(hl_id) 8362 int hl_id; 8363 { 8364 int attr; 8365 struct hl_group *sgp; 8366 8367 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id); 8368 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 8369 8370 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8371 /* 8372 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used. 8373 */ 8374 if (gui.in_use) 8375 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr; 8376 else 8377 #endif 8378 if (t_colors > 1) 8379 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr; 8380 else 8381 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr; 8382 8383 return attr; 8384 } 8385 8386 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8387 /* 8388 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID. 8389 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise. 8390 */ 8391 int 8392 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp) 8393 int hl_id; 8394 guicolor_T *fgp; 8395 guicolor_T *bgp; 8396 { 8397 struct hl_group *sgp; 8398 8399 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id); 8400 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 8401 8402 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg; 8403 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg; 8404 return sgp->sg_gui; 8405 } 8406 #endif 8407 8408 /* 8409 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links). 8410 */ 8411 int 8412 syn_get_final_id(hl_id) 8413 int hl_id; 8414 { 8415 int count; 8416 struct hl_group *sgp; 8417 8418 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1) 8419 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */ 8420 8421 /* 8422 * Follow links until there is no more. 8423 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links. 8424 */ 8425 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; ) 8426 { 8427 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */ 8428 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len) 8429 break; 8430 hl_id = sgp->sg_link; 8431 } 8432 8433 return hl_id; 8434 } 8435 8436 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8437 /* 8438 * Call this function just after the GUI has started. 8439 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups. 8440 */ 8441 void 8442 highlight_gui_started() 8443 { 8444 int idx; 8445 8446 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */ 8447 set_normal_colors(); 8448 8449 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) 8450 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE); 8451 8452 highlight_changed(); 8453 } 8454 8455 static void 8456 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip) 8457 int idx; 8458 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */ 8459 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */ 8460 { 8461 int didit = FALSE; 8462 8463 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL) 8464 { 8465 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu, 8466 do_tooltip); 8467 didit = TRUE; 8468 } 8469 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL) 8470 { 8471 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = 8472 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name); 8473 didit = TRUE; 8474 } 8475 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL) 8476 { 8477 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = 8478 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name); 8479 didit = TRUE; 8480 } 8481 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL) 8482 { 8483 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = 8484 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name); 8485 didit = TRUE; 8486 } 8487 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */ 8488 set_hl_attr(idx); 8489 } 8490 8491 #endif 8492 8493 /* 8494 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and 8495 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of 8496 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed. 8497 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first 8498 * screen redraw after any :highlight command. 8499 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise. 8500 */ 8501 int 8502 highlight_changed() 8503 { 8504 int hlf; 8505 int i; 8506 char_u *p; 8507 int attr; 8508 char_u *end; 8509 int id; 8510 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT 8511 char_u userhl[10]; 8512 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8513 int id_SNC = -1; 8514 int id_S = -1; 8515 int hlcnt; 8516 # endif 8517 #endif 8518 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS; 8519 8520 need_highlight_changed = FALSE; 8521 8522 /* 8523 * Clear all attributes. 8524 */ 8525 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf) 8526 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0; 8527 8528 /* 8529 * First set all attributes to their default value. 8530 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option. 8531 */ 8532 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) 8533 { 8534 if (i) 8535 p = p_hl; 8536 else 8537 p = get_highlight_default(); 8538 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */ 8539 continue; 8540 8541 while (*p) 8542 { 8543 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf) 8544 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p) 8545 break; 8546 ++p; 8547 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL) 8548 return FAIL; 8549 8550 /* 8551 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for 8552 * bold-underlined. 8553 */ 8554 attr = 0; 8555 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */ 8556 { 8557 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */ 8558 continue; 8559 8560 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */ 8561 return FAIL; 8562 8563 switch (*p) 8564 { 8565 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD; 8566 break; 8567 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC; 8568 break; 8569 case '-': 8570 case 'n': /* no highlighting */ 8571 break; 8572 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE; 8573 break; 8574 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT; 8575 break; 8576 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE; 8577 break; 8578 case 'c': attr |= HL_UNDERCURL; 8579 break; 8580 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */ 8581 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */ 8582 return FAIL; 8583 end = vim_strchr(p, ','); 8584 if (end == NULL) 8585 end = p + STRLEN(p); 8586 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p)); 8587 if (id == 0) 8588 return FAIL; 8589 attr = syn_id2attr(id); 8590 p = end - 1; 8591 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT) 8592 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC) 8593 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id); 8594 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S) 8595 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id); 8596 #endif 8597 break; 8598 default: return FAIL; 8599 } 8600 } 8601 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr; 8602 8603 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */ 8604 } 8605 } 8606 8607 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT 8608 /* Setup the user highlights 8609 * 8610 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there 8611 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry() 8612 */ 8613 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8614 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL) 8615 return FAIL; 8616 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len; 8617 if (id_S == 0) 8618 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */ 8619 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); 8620 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S]; 8621 id_S = hlcnt + 10; 8622 } 8623 # endif 8624 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) 8625 { 8626 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1); 8627 id = syn_name2id(userhl); 8628 if (id == 0) 8629 { 8630 highlight_user[i] = 0; 8631 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8632 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0; 8633 # endif 8634 } 8635 else 8636 { 8637 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8638 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE(); 8639 # endif 8640 8641 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id); 8642 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8643 if (id_SNC == 0) 8644 { 8645 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group)); 8646 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; 8647 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; 8648 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8649 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC]; 8650 # endif 8651 } 8652 else 8653 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 8654 &hlt[id_SNC - 1], 8655 sizeof(struct hl_group)); 8656 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0; 8657 8658 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */ 8659 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^= 8660 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term; 8661 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start) 8662 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start; 8663 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop) 8664 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop; 8665 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^= 8666 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm; 8667 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg) 8668 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg; 8669 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg) 8670 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg; 8671 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8672 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^= 8673 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui; 8674 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg) 8675 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg; 8676 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg) 8677 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg; 8678 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp) 8679 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp; 8680 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font) 8681 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font; 8682 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8683 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset) 8684 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset; 8685 # endif 8686 # endif 8687 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1; 8688 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */ 8689 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1); 8690 # endif 8691 } 8692 } 8693 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 8694 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt; 8695 # endif 8696 8697 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */ 8698 8699 return OK; 8700 } 8701 8702 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 8703 8704 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void)); 8705 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr)); 8706 8707 /* 8708 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command. 8709 */ 8710 void 8711 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg) 8712 expand_T *xp; 8713 char_u *arg; 8714 { 8715 char_u *p; 8716 8717 /* Default: expand group names */ 8718 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; 8719 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 8720 include_link = TRUE; 8721 include_default = TRUE; 8722 8723 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */ 8724 if (*arg != NUL) 8725 { 8726 p = skiptowhite(arg); 8727 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */ 8728 { 8729 include_default = FALSE; 8730 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0) 8731 { 8732 arg = skipwhite(p); 8733 xp->xp_pattern = arg; 8734 p = skiptowhite(arg); 8735 } 8736 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */ 8737 { 8738 include_link = FALSE; 8739 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N') 8740 highlight_list(); 8741 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0 8742 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0) 8743 { 8744 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); 8745 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern); 8746 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */ 8747 { 8748 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p); 8749 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern); 8750 } 8751 } 8752 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */ 8753 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; 8754 } 8755 } 8756 } 8757 } 8758 8759 /* 8760 * List highlighting matches in a nice way. 8761 */ 8762 static void 8763 highlight_list() 8764 { 8765 int i; 8766 8767 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; ) 8768 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D)); 8769 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; ) 8770 highlight_list_two(99, 0); 8771 } 8772 8773 static void 8774 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr) 8775 int cnt; 8776 int attr; 8777 { 8778 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr); 8779 msg_clr_eos(); 8780 out_flush(); 8781 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE); 8782 } 8783 8784 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */ 8785 8786 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \ 8787 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 8788 /* 8789 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names. 8790 * Also used for synIDattr() function. 8791 */ 8792 /*ARGSUSED*/ 8793 char_u * 8794 get_highlight_name(xp, idx) 8795 expand_T *xp; 8796 int idx; 8797 { 8798 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len 8799 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 8800 && include_link 8801 #endif 8802 ) 8803 return (char_u *)"link"; 8804 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1 8805 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 8806 && include_link 8807 #endif 8808 ) 8809 return (char_u *)"clear"; 8810 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2 8811 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL 8812 && include_default 8813 #endif 8814 ) 8815 return (char_u *)"default"; 8816 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len) 8817 return NULL; 8818 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name; 8819 } 8820 #endif 8821 8822 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8823 /* 8824 * Free all the highlight group fonts. 8825 * Used when quitting for systems which need it. 8826 */ 8827 void 8828 free_highlight_fonts() 8829 { 8830 int idx; 8831 8832 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx) 8833 { 8834 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font); 8835 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT; 8836 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8837 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset); 8838 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET; 8839 # endif 8840 } 8841 8842 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font); 8843 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET 8844 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset); 8845 # endif 8846 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2 8847 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font); 8848 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font); 8849 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font); 8850 # endif 8851 } 8852 #endif 8853 8854 /************************************** 8855 * End of Highlighting stuff * 8856 **************************************/ 8857